You are on page 1of 360

2008 Chevrolet Optra Owner Manual M

Seats and Restraint Systems ........................... 1-1 Driving Your Vehicle ....................................... 4-1
Front Seats ............................................... 1-2 Your Driving, the Road, and Your Vehicle ..... 4-2
Rear Seats ............................................... 1-8 Towing ................................................... 4-23
Safety Belts ............................................. 1-10 Service and Appearance Care .......................... 5-1
Child Restraints ....................................... 1-27 Service ..................................................... 5-4
Airbag System ......................................... 1-51 Fuel ......................................................... 5-6
Restraint System Check ............................ 1-66 Checking Things Under the Hood ............... 5-10
Features and Controls ..................................... 2-1 Headlamp Aiming ..................................... 5-40
Keys ........................................................ 2-2 Bulb Replacement .................................... 5-40
Doors and Locks ....................................... 2-6 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement ......... 5-48
Windows ................................................. 2-11 Tires ...................................................... 5-49
Theft-Deterrent Systems ............................ 2-14 Appearance Care ..................................... 5-79
Starting and Operating Your Vehicle ........... 2-17 Vehicle Identification ................................. 5-87
Mirrors .................................................... 2-34 Electrical System ...................................... 5-88
Storage Areas ......................................... 2-36 Capacities and Specifications ..................... 5-94
Sunroof .................................................. 2-39 Maintenance Replacement Parts ................. 5-95
Instrument Panel ............................................. 3-1 Maintenance Schedule ..................................... 6-1
Instrument Panel Overview .......................... 3-4 Maintenance Schedule ................................ 6-2
Climate Controls ...................................... 3-19 Customer Assistance Information .................... 7-1
Warning Lights, Gages, and Indicators ........ 3-24 Customer Assistance and Information ........... 7-2
Audio System(s) ....................................... 3-41 Reporting Safety Defects ........................... 7-13
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ........... 7-16
Index ................................................................ 1

Canadian Owners
A French language copy of this manual can be obtained
from your dealer/retailer or from:
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, 1-800-551-4123
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, and the www.helminc.com
name OPTRA are registered trademarks of General
Motors Corporation. Propriétaires Canadiens
This manual includes the latest information at the time it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en français
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes auprès de concessionnaire ou à l’adresse suivante:
after that time without further notice. For vehicles first Helm Incorporated
sold in Canada, substitute the name “General Motors of P.O. Box 07130
Canada Limited” for Chevrolet Motor Division whenever Detroit, MI 48207
it appears in this manual.
1-800-551-4123
This manual describes features that may be available in www.helminc.com
this model, but your vehicle may not have all of them.
For example, more than one entertainment system may
be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered
without a front passenger or rear seats.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference.

Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 25810495 A First Print 2007 General Motors Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

ii

Using this Manual
Many people read the owner manual from beginning {CAUTION:
to end when they first receive their new vehicle to
learn about the vehicle’s features and controls. These mean there is something that could hurt
Pictures and words work together to explain things. you or other people.

Index We tell you what the hazard is and what to do to help
A good place to quickly locate information about the avoid or reduce the hazard. Please read these cautions.
vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual. It is If you do not, you or others could be hurt.
an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and
the page number where it can be found. A circle with a slash
through it is a safety
symbol which means
Safety Warnings and Symbols “Do Not,” “Do Not do
this” or “Do Not let this
There are a number of safety cautions in this book.
happen.”
A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about
things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore
the warning.

iii

Vehicle Damage Warnings Vehicle Symbols
You will also find notices in this manual. The vehicle has components and labels that use
symbols instead of text. Symbols are shown along with
Notice: These mean there is something that could the text describing the operation or information
damage your vehicle. relating to a specific component, control, message,
A notice tells about something that can damage the gage, or indicator.
vehicle. Many times, this damage would not be covered
by your vehicle’s warranty, and it could be costly.
The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or
in different words.
There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use
the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.

iv

Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Front Seats ......................................................1-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
Manual Seats (With Sliding Storage Tray) ..........1-2 (LATCH) ..................................................1-37
Manual Seats (Without Sliding Storage Tray) ......1-3 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear
Driver Seat Tilt Adjuster ..................................1-4 Seat Position ............................................1-45
Manual Lumbar ..............................................1-4 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front
Reclining Seatbacks ........................................1-5 Seat Position ............................................1-48
Head Restraints .............................................1-7 Airbag System ...............................................1-51
Rear Seats .......................................................1-8 Where Are the Airbags? ................................1-54
Rear Seat Operation .......................................1-8 When Should an Airbag Inflate? .....................1-56
Safety Belts ...................................................1-10 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? .......................1-57
Safety Belts: They Are for Everyone ................1-10 How Does an Airbag Restrain? .......................1-57
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly .................1-15 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates? .....1-58
Lap-Shoulder Belt .........................................1-23 Passenger Sensing System ............................1-59
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ..................1-26 Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...........1-64
Safety Belt Extender .....................................1-26 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle ....................................................1-64
Child Restraints .............................................1-27
Older Children ..............................................1-27 Restraint System Check ..................................1-66
Infants and Young Children ............................1-30 Checking the Restraint Systems ......................1-66
Child Restraint Systems .................................1-33 Replacing Restraint System Parts After
Where to Put the Restraint .............................1-36 a Crash ...................................................1-67

1-1

Front Seats Pull up and hold the lever
located under the front of
the seat to unlock it.
Manual Seats
(With Sliding Storage Tray)

{CAUTION:
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to
adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle Slide the seat to where you want it and release the
is moving. The sudden movement could startle lever. Then try to move the seat with your body, to make
and confuse you, or make you push a pedal sure the seat is locked into place.
when you do not want to. Adjust the driver’s
seat only when the vehicle is not moving.

If your vehicle has a sliding storage tray under the front
seat, the manual seat lever looks like this.

1-2

Manual Seats Pull up and hold the bar
located under the front of
(Without Sliding Storage Tray) the seat to unlock it.

{CAUTION:
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to
adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle
is moving. The sudden movement could startle
and confuse you, or make you push a pedal
when you do not want to. Adjust the driver’s Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar.
seat only when the vehicle is not moving. Then try to move the seat with your body, to make
sure the seat is locked into place.

If your vehicle does not have a sliding storage tray
under the front seat, the manual seat bar looks like this.

1-3

use the lever of the seat cushion. Pull the lever up to return the support to its original position. Turn the front knob to adjust the tilt of the front portion To adjust the front seat lumbar support. Push the lever down to adjust the support for the lower part of the seatback. tilt of the rear portion of the seat cushion. 1-4 .Driver Seat Tilt Adjuster Manual Lumbar Your vehicle may have manually operated lumbar support for the driver’s seat. The manual drivers seat tilt adjuster knobs are located on the outboard side of the seat cushion. Turn the rear knob to adjust the located on the outboard side of the seatback.

release the lever to lock the seatback in place. or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. then locked. it could move To recline the seatback: forward in a sudden stop or crash. Lift the recline lever. Move the seatback to the desired position. The lever {CAUTION: used to operate them is located on the outboard side of the seats. 1-5 . 3. The seats have manual reclining seatbacks. cause injury to the person sitting there. Adjust the driver’s seat only when the vehicle is not moving. Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is 2. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. That could 1.Reclining Seatbacks {CAUTION: You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle is moving. If the seatback is not locked.

The lap belt cannot do its job either. it will be in front of you. is in motion can be dangerous.To return the seatback to an upright position: 1. Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle 2. The belt forces would be there. Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly. Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving. Even if you buckle up. receiving neck or other injuries. the belt could go up over your abdomen. 1-6 . not at your pelvic bones. In a crash. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the {CAUTION: seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. This could cause serious internal injuries. In a crash. have the seatback upright. The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion. Instead. your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this. you could go into it.

Head Restraints Pull the head restraint up to raise it. The rear seat head restraints may be adjustable and work the same as the front head restraints. This position reduces the chances of a neck injury restraint. Replace the head restraint before driving. To lower the restraint. press the button. seatback. 1-7 . To remove a head. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant’s The head restraints are removable. located on the top of the in a crash. and push the restraint down. press the button. and lift the head restraint from the guide sleeve. located on the top of the seatback.

2. 1. 1-8 . Fold the rear seatback forward and down.Rear Seats 3. Press the release button located on top of the rear seatback. Detach the safety belt in the rear center seat position. Push the rear head restraints down completely. To fold down the seatback. Press the button in the buckle to release the latch plate from the buckle. Rear Seat Operation Your vehicle has rear seatbacks that can be folded down to provide an extended cargo area. do the following: Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. before folding a rear seat. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position 4.

and are not twisted. Push the latch plate at the end of the safety belt strap into the buckle with the release button until the mechanism clicks. 1-9 . That could wearing the belt could be seriously injured. 3. routed and attached. Re-attach the rear center safety belt. not properly attached. The person forward in a sudden stop or crash. do the following: {CAUTION: {CAUTION: A safety belt that is improperly routed. upright position. 1. it could move the protection needed in a crash. or twisted will not provide If the seatback is not locked. Always After raising the rear seatback. Lift the seatback up and push firmly on the top of 2. Make sure that the safety belts are not twisted or the seatback until it latches securely in the fully caught under the seatback. cause injury to the person sitting there. always check push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is to be sure that the safety belts are properly locked.To return the seatback to the upright position. The sliding latch plate should face the front of the vehicle. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

you do not know if it will be a serious one. You can hit In most states and in all Canadian provinces. In a belts properly. survive. If you do have same crash. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety {CAUTION: belts. In most crashes buckling up does matter. In many of them. if you are a crash. In the You never know if you will be in a crash. Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed. Always fasten your safety belt. buckled up. After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly.. But most crashes are in between. inside or outside of a vehicle. your injuries can be much worse. a person would not restrained properly too.. likely to be seriously injured or killed. and some crashes can be so and check that your passenger(s) are serious that even buckled up. a lot! 1-10 . Here is why: from it and be seriously injured or killed. people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away. It also tells you some things you should collision. people riding in these areas are more not do with safety belts. If you are in a Your vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle your crash and you are not wearing a safety belt. A few crashes are mild. safety belts. you might not be.Safety Belts {CAUTION: Safety Belts: They Are for Everyone It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo This part of the manual tells you how to use safety area. Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly. See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3-27. the facts are clear. the things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected law requires wearing safety belts.

Suppose it is just a seat on wheels. you go as fast as it goes. 1-11 . Put someone on it.Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything. Take the simplest vehicle.

Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle.. does not stop. 1-12 . it could be the windshield. In a real vehicle.. The rider The person keeps going until stopped by something.

or the safety belts! With safety belts. That is why safety belts make such good sense.. and your strongest bones take the forces. You get more time to stop. 1-13 .or the instrument panel. you slow down as the vehicle does.. You stop over more distance.

during and after an accident. is much greater if you are belted. Q: If my vehicle has airbags. of home. And the greatest number of serious And you can unbuckle a safety belt. but especially in side and other collisions. so they work with safety belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided. But your chance of being conscious control. 40 mph (65 km/h). Being a good A: You could be — whether you are wearing a safety driver does not protect you from things beyond your belt or not. why should I wear safety belts? Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I A: You may be an excellent driver.Questions and Answers About Q: If I am a good driver. why should I have to Safety belts are for everyone. such as bad drivers. 1-14 . so you can unbuckle Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km) and get out. all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. but if you are in a crash — even one that is not your fault — you and am wearing a safety belt? your passenger(s) can be hurt. and I never drive far from Safety Belts home. wear safety belts? A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. even if you are injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than upside down. That is true not only in frontal collisions.

just touching the thighs. there is important information you should know. Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children. If you slid under it. The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips.How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size. this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. Follow those rules for everyone’s protection. 1-15 . before you or your passenger(s) wear a safety belt. Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts. If a child will be riding in your vehicle. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. And there are different rules for smaller children and babies. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you. see Older Children on page 1-27 or Infants and Young Children on page 1-30. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. the belt would apply force on your abdomen. First. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. In a crash. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts.

Q: What is wrong with this? {CAUTION: You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose. you would move forward too much. It will not give as much protection this way. In a crash. A: The shoulder belt is too loose. which could increase injury. The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body. 1-16 .

It will not give nearly as much protection this way. you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen. The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips.Q: What is wrong with this? {CAUTION: You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose. just touching the thighs. 1-17 . This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. A: The lap belt is too loose. In a crash.

Q: What is wrong with this? {CAUTION: You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this. This could cause serious internal injuries. Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you. The belt forces would be there. not on the pelvic bones. the belt would go up over your abdomen. 1-18 . In a crash. A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place.

not on the pelvic bones.Q: What is wrong with this? {CAUTION: You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this. 1-19 . The belt would be much too high. Be sure the belt goes under the armrests. and that could cause serious or fatal injuries. you can slide under the belt. A: The belt is over an armrest. The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen. In a crash.

The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. the belt would apply too much force to the ribs. your body would move too far forward. which are not as strong as shoulder bones. Also. which would increase the chance of head and neck injury. You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen.Q: What is wrong with this? {CAUTION: You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm. 1-20 . In a crash. It should be worn over the shoulder at all times. A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm.

In a crash. Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury.Q: What is wrong with this? {CAUTION: You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. A: The belt is behind the body. You might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. 1-21 .

If a belt is twisted. or ask your dealer/retailer to fix it. A: The belt is twisted across the body.Q: What is wrong with this? {CAUTION: You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In a crash. 1-22 . make it straight so it can work properly. you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces.

Here is how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. Then pull the belt If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into across you more slowly. If this happens. see if you are using the correct buckle. go back slightly to unlock it. the buckle. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. so you can sit up straight.Lap-Shoulder Belt All seating positions in your vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt. belt out all the way. see “Seats” in the Index. If this happens. if the seat is adjustable. belt go back all the way and start again. If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable safety belt and the safety belt is not attached. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. see Safety Belt restraint locking feature. Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. you may engage the child If the belt is not long enough. If you ever pull the shoulder portion of a passenger 4. let the belt 3. just let the Extender on page 1-26. 1. To see how. 1-23 . Adjust the seat. 2. see Rear Seat Operation on page 1-8 for instruction on reconnecting the safety belt to the mini-buckle.

To unlatch the belt. 6. To make the lap part tight. push the button on the buckle. Before you close a door. 5. be sure the belt is out of the way. If you slam the door on it. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment” later in this section. The belt should go back out of the way. 1-24 . Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. pull up on the shoulder belt. move it to the height that is right for you. you can damage both the belt and your vehicle. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster. It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants.

the release button (A) and move the height adjuster to the desired position. could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt Pretensioners work only once. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. press Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1-67. Although you cannot see them. See Replacing To move it down. you will need to get new ones. If they activate in a in a crash. 1-25 . The belt should be tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the away from your face and neck.Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front driver and right front passenger. but not falling off your shoulder. outboard occupants. crash. After you move the height adjuster to where you want it. try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position. Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt they are part of the safety belt assembly. They can help is centered on your shoulder. and probably other new parts for your safety belt system.

A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt. as for anyone. women. 1-26 . so the extender will be long enough for you. your dealer/ retailer will order you an extender. including pregnant If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you. do not let someone else use it. But if a safety belt is not long enough. To help avoid personal injury. attach it to the regular safety belt. To wear it. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. For more information. it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. When you go in to order it. see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender. throughout the pregnancy. and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible. take the heaviest coat you will wear. below the rounding. When a safety belt is worn properly. The extender has been designed for adults. Like all occupants. For pregnant women. seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts. Never use it for securing child seats. the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly. and use it only for the seat it is made to fit.Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety Belt Extender Safety belts work for everyone. they are more likely to be you should use it.

Child Restraints The manufacturer’s instructions that come with the booster seat. continue. If no. • Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip? If yes. touching the thighs? If yes. 1-27 . If no. return to the booster seat. • Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips. If no. If no. Do the knees bend at the seat edge? If yes. return to the booster seat. Use a booster seat with a lap-shoulder Older Children belt until the child passes the below fit test: • Sit all the way back on the seat. Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle’s safety belts. continue. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes. continue. return to the booster seat. state the weight and height limitations for that booster. then return to the booster seat. continue. • Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.

Older children need to use safety belts properly. children and infants are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions. 1-28 . The lap belt should fit snugly below the Here two children are wearing the same belt. It should never be worn over the abdomen. hips. In a crash. the two children can be could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries crushed together and seriously injured. A belt in a crash. just touching the top of the thighs. or neck. This applies The belt cannot properly spread the impact belt force to the child’s pelvic bones in a crash.Q: What is the proper way to wear safety belts? A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and {CAUTION: get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face Never do this. or can be thrown out of the vehicle. In a crash. children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up. which forces. According to accident statistics. must be used by only one person at a time.

In a crash. The child might slide under the lap belt. The child could also move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap-shoulder belt.{CAUTION: Never do this. the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. 1-29 . The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. but the shoulder part is behind the child. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal injuries.

{CAUTION: {CAUTION: People should never hold an infant in their arms while riding in a vehicle. in a crash at Never leave children unattended in a vehicle only 25 mph (40 km/h). In fact. or can be thrown out of traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the vehicle. 1-30 . for everyone. young children should not use the need. to use safety restraints.5 kg) infant and never allow children to play with the will suddenly become a 240 lb (110 kg) force safety belts. Neither the distance can strike other people. every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle’s adult safety belts alone. they should have the protection provided by appropriate Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes restraints. An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint. During a if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their crash an infant will become so heavy it is not neck and the safety belt continues to tighten. a 12 lb (5. In addition. An infant does Children can be seriously injured or strangled not weigh much — until a crash. possible to hold it.Infants and Young Children Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles. they need to the law in every state in the United States and in use a child restraint. Children who are not restrained properly infants and all other children. For example. on a person’s arms.

or very close to. but not for young children and infants. any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide. Neither the vehicle’s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older CAUTION: (Continued) 1-31 . {CAUTION: Children who are up against. CAUTION: (Continued) children.

When purchasing a distributed across the strongest part of an child restraint. the restraint will have a should always be secured in appropriate infant label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle restraints. Newborn infants need complete support. an infant in a rear-facing seat settles into For most basic types of child restraints. which are purchased by the vehicle’s owner. This is necessary because a newborn infant’s and age but also whether or not the restraint will neck is weak and its head weighs so much be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will compared with the rest of its body. Infants in a motor vehicle. so the crash forces can be many different models available. height. In a crash. there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs.Q: What are the different types of add-on child restraints? {CAUTION: A: Add-on child restraints. are available in four basic types. into consideration not only the child’s weight. there are the restraint. 1-32 . safety standards. The restraint manufacturer’s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint. If it is. the back and shoulders. be sure it is designed to be used infant’s body. Selection of a particular restraint should take including support for the head and neck. be used. In addition.

the restraint. Young children should always be in a crash. for whom against the back of the safety belts are designed. as it should. A forward-facing child seat (B) provides restraint for the child’s body with the harness. it may settle up around the child’s abdomen. This alone could cause serious or fatal The harness system holds the infant in place and. A young child’s the infant. Child Restraint Systems {CAUTION: A rear-facing infant seat (A) provides restraint The body structure of a young child is quite with the seating surface unlike that of an adult or older child. injuries. Instead. acts to keep the infant positioned in secured in appropriate child restraints. 1-33 . hip bones are still so small that the vehicle’s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones. the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. In a crash.

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle {CAUTION: A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. must be secured in the vehicle. the child restraint window. following the instructions that came with that restraint. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt. A booster seat (C-D) is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle’s safety belt system. 1-34 . and also the instructions in this manual. Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle’s safety belt or LATCH system. A booster seat can also help a child to see out the To help reduce the chance of injury. or by the LATCH system.

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a so if they are not available. or both. child is in it. 1-35 . the child restraint. Because there are different Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can systems. The child restraint instructions are important.See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH) Securing the Child Within the on page 1-37 for more information. A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not Child Restraint properly secured in the vehicle. following any child restraint in your vehicle — even when no the instructions that came with that restraint. When securing an add-on child restraint. Make people in the vehicle. and to this manual. refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on {CAUTION: the restraint itself or in a booklet. Be sure to properly secure sure the child is properly secured. it is important to refer to the move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure instructions that come with the restraint. obtain a replacement crash if the child is not properly secured in copy from the manufacturer.

” This is because the risk to the frontal airbag if the system detects a rear-facing rear-facing child is so great. This is because a forward-facing child seat. who are large enough. We recommend that children and child restraints A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be be secured in a rear seat. even though it is turned off.Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they {CAUTION: are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. an older child riding in the back of the rear-facing child restraint a booster seat. child restraint. Even though the passenger sensing system is A label on your sun visor says. and children. using safety belts. if the airbag deploys. and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front seat. See Passenger Sensing System on page 1-59 for additional information. We recommend that rear-facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat. including: an infant or a child seriously injured or killed if the right front riding in a rear-facing child restraint. “Never put a rear-facing designed to turn off the right front passenger’s child seat in the front. 1-36 . would be very close to the inflating airbag. no system is fail-safe. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. even if the airbag is off. always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. a child riding in passenger’s airbag inflates.

you child is in it. need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. or use the vehicle’s restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. safety belts to secure the restraint. 1-37 .When securing a child restraint in a rear seating Make sure that a LATCH-compatible child restraint is position. any child restraint in your vehicle — even when no In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle. system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system. following the instructions that came with that restraint. study the instructions that came with your child properly installed using the anchors. A child restraint must never be people in the vehicle. When installing a child secure the child restraint properly. restraint with a top tether. The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have or in a crash. The following explains how to attach a Children (LATCH) child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle. The child restraint manufacturer will provide you Lower Anchors and Tethers for with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments. and also the Wherever you install a child restraint. The LATCH and attachments. Be sure to properly secure installed using only the top tether and anchor. be sure to instructions in this manual. This system is designed to make lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors installation of a child restraint easier. you must also use either the Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure the child restraint.

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Lower anchors (A) are metal bars built into the vehicle. 1-38 . The top tether attachment (B) on the child lower attachments (B). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. A top tether (A. Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). C) anchors the top of the child restraint There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating to the vehicle. A top tether anchor is built into the position that will accommodate a child restraint with vehicle. restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash.

and that the tether be near the crease between attached. child restraints have a top tether.Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed To assist you in locating for use with or without the top tether being attached. seating position with lower In Canada. the law requires that forward-facing anchors has two labels. If the child restraint does not have a top tether. each Others require the top tether always to be attached. in kit form. Rear Seat 1-39 . for many child restraints. j (Lower Anchor): Seating positions with two lower anchors. Be sure to read and follow the instructions the seatback and the for your child restraint. seat cushion. the top tether anchor i (Top Tether Anchor): symbol is located on the Seating positions with cover. one can be obtained. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor To assist you in locating Locations the top tether anchors. if there is a cover. the lower anchors. top tether anchors. Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available.

the vehicle as the seating position where the child The cargo shade should remain off while the top tether restraint will be placed. attached tether anchors (A) are exposed anchors. 1-40 . anchor is in use. Hatchback Wagon Outside Positions For hatchback models. on the floor of the rear cargo area (B). located behind to the back wall (A) of the vehicle. Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. the top located under covers in the rear cargo area. Squeeze and pull the rear seat. Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of Remove the cargo shade before installing the top tether. the top tether anchors (B) are For outside seating positions in a wagon model. the front part of the cover to access the anchors.

the top tether anchor (A) is located under a cover on the ceiling (B). Wagon Center Position For the center position in wagon model. Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached. or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. Open the cover to access the anchors. 1-41 . See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1-36 for additional information.

In a crash.Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System {CAUTION: {CAUTION: Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint. A child or others could could be seriously injured or killed. vehicle’s safety belts to secure the restraint. To help prevent that a LATCH-type child restraint is properly injury to people and damage to your vehicle. 1-42 . installed using the anchors. Attaching more than one child If a LATCH-type child restraint is not attached restraint to a single anchor could cause the to anchors. the restraint will not be able to anchor or attachment to come loose or even protect the child correctly. Make sure be injured if this happens. the child break during a crash. following the instructions that came with that restraint. and also the instructions in this manual. or use the attach only one child restraint per anchor.

If the child restraint does not have Secure any unused safety belts behind the lower attachments or the desired seating position child restraint so children cannot reach them. 1. Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the {CAUTION: seat. always remember to return the safety belts to their normal. attachment parts and the vehicle’s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts. restraint manufacturer. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on Notice: Contact between the child restraint LATCH the child restraint to the lower anchors. Find the lower anchors for the desired Be sure to follow the instructions of the child seating position. Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle’s safety belt assembly. secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts. 1-43 .1. Put the child restraint on the seat. if your vehicle has instructions and the instructions in this manual. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the Refer to your child restraint manufacturer retractor to set the lock. one. does not have lower anchors. Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the and the safety belt continues to tighten.2. When removing the child restraint.3. if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck 1. Children can be seriously injured or strangled stowed position before folding the rear seat. 1. lower anchors. after the child restraint has been installed. 1.

2. if there is one. If the position you are 2. dual tether. Find the top tether anchor. Raise the headrest or head restraint if the using does not have a desired seating position has an adjustable headrest or head restraint headrest or head restraint. 2. For hatchback models. if equipped. the top tether anchor is in use. 2. 1-44 . headrest or head restraint 2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that 2. Squeeze and pull the front part of the cover.3. route the The cargo shade should remain off while tether over the seatback. flip the cover on the ceiling to access the anchor.4. single tether. remove the cargo and you are using a shade before installing the top tether. Route and tighten the top tether according to the top tether be attached. following instructions: Refer to the child restraint instructions and If the position you are the following steps: using does not have a 2. to access the anchors.5. route the tether over the seatback. See Head and you are using a Restraints on page 1-7. attach and tighten the your child restraint instructions and the top tether to the top tether anchor.1. For the center position in a wagon model.

If your child restraint has the LATCH system. In Canada. route top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the tether under the the top tether be anchored. If the position you are Securing a Child Restraint in a using has a headrest or head restraint and you Rear Seat Position are using a single tether. the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether. Push and pull the child restraint in different you will be using the safety belt to secure the child directions to be sure it is secure. 3. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH) on page 1-37 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH. and in between the headrest or head restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system. When securing a child restraint in a rear seating route the tether under the position. headrest or head restraint posts. 1-45 . and that the tether be attached. If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether. or if the instructions that headrest or head restraint come with the child restraint say that the top strap must and in between the be anchored. study the instructions that came with your child headrest or head restraint restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. restraint in this position. head restraint and you are Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a using dual tether. see Lower Anchors If the position you are and Tethers for Children (LATCH) on page 1-37 for using has a headrest or top tether anchor locations.

see if you are using the correct buckle. if necessary. 1-46 . 1. be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly on page 1-36. Put the child restraint on the seat. 2. If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. Pick up the latch plate. 4.If you need to install more than one child restraint in the Make sure the release button is positioned so you rear seat. and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

If your child restraint has a top tether. 6. you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. 5. disconnect it. To tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor. 1-47 . push down on the child restraint. If you are using a forward-facing child restraint. pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. 7. follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions regarding the use of the top tether. To remove the child restraint. unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and let it go back all the way. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH) on page 1-37. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure.

We recommend that rear-facing child is so great. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. See Passenger Sensing System on page 1-59 for additional information. your vehicle has a passenger sensing the back of the rear-facing child restraint system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger’s frontal airbag and seat-mounted side would be very close to the inflating airbag. “Never put a rear-facing under some unusual circumstance. if the airbag deploys. seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger’s airbag inflates. including important child restraint. even if the airbag is off. and no safety information.” This is because the risk to the though it is turned off.Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position {CAUTION: Your vehicle has airbags. 1-48 . This is because In addition. impact airbag (if equipped) under certain conditions. one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy A label on your sun visor says. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front seat. no system is fail-safe. rear-facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat. Even though the passenger sensing system is See Passenger Sensing System on page 1-59 and designed to turn off the right front passenger’s Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3-28 frontal airbag if the system detects a rear-facing for more information on this. See Where to A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be Put the Restraint on page 1-36. always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. even child seat in the front. A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint.

If you secure a child restraint using a around the restraint. indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle.If your child restraint has the LATCH system. Put the child restraint on the seat. You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored. 1-49 . see Lower Anchors will show you how. and Tethers for Children (LATCH) on page 1-37 for top tether anchor locations. 1. the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether. and run the lap and shoulder page 1-37 for how to install your child restraint portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or using LATCH. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger’s frontal airbag and Make sure the release button is positioned so you seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped). see 2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. and that the tether be attached. or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH) on 3. 4. Pick up the latch plate. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3-28. would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly the off symbol on the passenger airbag status if necessary. In Canada. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. The child restraint instructions safety belt and it uses a top tether.

If you are using a forward-facing child restraint. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. 1-50 . the retractor to set the lock. push down on the child restraint. To tighten the belt. 7. the off symbol will be lit when the vehicle is started. 5. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure. you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. If the airbag or airbags are off.

check to make sure that the vehicle’s seatback is not pressing the • A frontal airbag for the right front passenger. after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting • A frontal airbag for the driver. restraint. secure the child in the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger. the word AIRBAG will appear on the If the off symbol is still not lit. seat heaters or AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child near the deployment opening. cushions. With seat-mounted side impact airbags. 1-51 . adjust the head restraint. the vehicle. check with your dealer/retailer. is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint.If a child restraint has been installed and the off symbol is not lit. passenger. seat covers. the word To remove the child restraint. Remove the child Airbag System restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint. unbuckle the vehicle’s AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback closest safety belt and let it go back all the way. Your vehicle has the following airbags: If. to the door. Remove any additional material from the seat such as All of the airbags in your vehicle will have the word blankets. • A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the right front If this happens. Also make sure the child restraint • A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the driver. child restraint into the seat cushion. the off symbol is still not lit. turn the vehicle off. For frontal airbags. Your vehicle may have the following airbags: slightly recline the vehicle’s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible. If this happens.

if you have airbags. They are not designed to inflate in if you are not wearing your safety belt — even frontal. in rollover. Wearing your safety belt Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety during a crash helps reduce your chance of belt properly — whether or not there is an hitting things inside the vehicle or being airbag for that person. 1-52 . Seat-mounted side impact airbags are {CAUTION: designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your You can be severely injured or killed in a crash vehicle. They are not designed to inflate in rollover. rear crashes. but do not replace them. All airbags are designed to work with safety belts. or in rear crashes. all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job.Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts. or in many side crashes. Even though today’s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury {CAUTION: from the force of an inflating bag. Frontal airbags are designed to deploy in Here are the most important things to know about the moderate to severe frontal and near frontal airbag system: crashes. Airbags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety belts. ejected from it.

faster than the Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer the best blink of an eye. Anyone who is up against. Neither the vehicle’s be seriously injured or killed. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. even with Older Children on page 1-27 or Infants and airbags. as you designed for them. To read how. but not for young very close to. Safety belts help system can provide. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3-27 for more information. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The driver should sit as far back as Young Children on page 1-30. Always wear your safety belt. see crash. There is an airbag Occupants should not lean on or sleep against readiness light on the the door or side windows in seating positions instrument panel. or protection for adults. which with seat-mounted airbags. 1-53 . possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle.{CAUTION: {CAUTION: Airbags inflate with great force. shows the airbag symbol. Young children and infants would be if you were sitting on the edge of need the protection that a child restraint your seat or leaning forward. Do not sit safety belt system nor its airbag system is unnecessarily close to the airbag. Always secure children keep you in position before and during a properly in your vehicle. any airbag when it inflates can children and infants.

The driver’s airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel.Where Are the Airbags? The right front passenger’s airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger’s side. 1-54 .

1-55 . The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Driver Side shown. for the driver and right front passenger. the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag. they are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. {CAUTION: If something is between an occupant and an airbag. Passenger Side similar Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact If your vehicle has seat-mounted side impact airbags airbag.

However. For more severe frontal impacts. For moderate frontal impacts. the right front passenger’s head and chest. For example: Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during • If the vehicle hits a stationary object. the Seat-mounted side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes. the direction of the impact. could inflate at a different crash speed than if the Your vehicle may or may not have seat-mounted side vehicle hits a moving object. 1-56 . The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design. the system’s designed threshold level. your vehicle has dual-stage frontal airbags. Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds. full deployment occurs. Deployment Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design. the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to than if the vehicle hits a wide object (like a wall). Your vehicle has electronic frontal Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not sensors. rear impacts.When Should an Airbag Inflate? • If the vehicle hits a narrow object (like a pole). airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment. predetermined deployment threshold. crash severity. • If the vehicle hits an object that deforms. severe frontal or near-frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver’s or • If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle. which help the sensing system distinguish based on how fast your vehicle is traveling. impact airbags. the airbags vehicle rollovers. or in many side impacts. likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and Dual-stage airbags adjust the restraint according to help restrain the occupants. Seat-mounted side airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than impact airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform. frontal impact. they airbags could inflate at a different crash speed are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a than if the vehicle goes straight into the object. thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is In addition. See Airbag System on page 1-51. It depends between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe largely on what you hit. dual-stage and how quickly your vehicle slows down.

For seat-mounted stopping the occupant more gradually. For vehicles with seat-mounted side impact airbags. What Makes an Airbag Inflate? primarily because the occupant’s motion is not toward those airbags. quickly the vehicle slows down. there are airbag modules in the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door. For frontal airbags. Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the Airbags should never be regarded as anything more bag to break out of the cover and deploy. no one can say whether an collisions. But airbags would not help in many types of collisions. or the instrument panel. and related hardware are all part of the airbag module. electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator. even belted occupants can contact the inside airbag should have inflated simply because of the of the vehicle. rollovers. Seat-mounted side impact airbags. the sensing system sends an Inflate? on page 1-56 for more information. or rear impacts. inflation is determined by belts. and how impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body. the airbag. damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety were. more evenly over the occupant’s upper body. A seat-mounted side impact airbag In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions. near-frontal impacts. See When Should an Airbag In a deployment event. In moderate to severe side In any particular crash. 1-57 . than a supplement to safety belts. Frontal airbags distribute the force of the what the vehicle hits. is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel struck.Seat-mounted side impact airbags are not intended to How Does an Airbag Restrain? inflate in frontal impacts. Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel. The inflator. the angle of the impact. deployment is determined by the side impact airbags distribute the force of the impact location and severity of the side impact.

the air. 1-58 . they quickly deflate. For location of the airbag modules. other breathing trouble. and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features. Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors. turn the interior lamps on. from leaving the vehicle. but not too hot to touch. in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you safe to do so. you should able to steer the vehicle. and turn on the hazard warning flashers when the airbags inflate. everyone see What Makes an Airbag Inflate? on page 1-57. If you have breathing problems may be warm. then get fresh air by opening a window deflated airbags. nor does it prevent people seek medical attention. This dust could cause breathing Some components of the airbag module may be hot for problems for people with a history of asthma or several minutes. To avoid this. You can lock the doors. turn the interior lamps off. There may but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the inflates. If you experience breathing problems the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being following an airbag deployment.What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates? {CAUTION: After the frontal and seat-mounted side impact airbags inflate. so quickly that some When an airbag inflates. Airbag inflation does not prevent or a door. there may be dust in people may not even realize the airbags inflated.

the airbag system. right front passenger’s position. 1-59 . the airbag off symbol will be visible under certain conditions. Additional windshield breakage may also occur from Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the the right front passenger airbag. See your passenger’s frontal airbag and seat-mounted side dealer/retailer for service. during manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace the system check. After an airbag status indicator will be visible when you start airbag inflates. • Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash. The driver’s airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system. If you do not get them.In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag. you will need some new parts for the vehicle. another crash. system. The passenger • Airbags are designed to inflate only once. Improper service can mean that the The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front airbag system will not work properly. When the system check is complete. impact airbag (if equipped) under certain conditions. A new system will include airbag located in the center of the modules and possibly other parts. See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7-16 and Event Data Recorders on page 7-16. other parts. Passenger Sensing System windshields are broken by vehicle deformation. • Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3-28. the airbag The airbag off symbol will system will not be there to help protect you in be visible near the clock. The service instrument panel.

” This is because the risk to the guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under rear-facing child is so great. always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front seat. an older child riding in a booster seat. some unusual circumstance. 1-60 . This is because are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. “Never put a rear-facing no system is fail-safe. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. the back of the rear-facing child restraint We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat. the system detects a rear-facing child restraint. including: an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing Even though the passenger sensing system is child restraint. seriously injured or killed if the right front Accident statistics show that children are safer if they passenger’s airbag inflates. using safety belts. a child riding in a forward-facing child designed to turn off the passenger’s frontal seat. and no one can child seat in the front. if the airbag deploys. would be very close to the inflating airbag. We recommend that rear-facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat. even if the airbag or airbags are off.The passenger sensing system works with a sensor that is part of the right front passenger’s seat. The sensor is designed to detect the presence of a properly-seated {CAUTION: occupant and determine if the right front passenger’s frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be (if equipped) should be enabled (may inflate) or not. and children. even though it is turned off. airbag and side impact airbag (if equipped) if who are large enough. A label on your sun visor says.

the off symbol is still not lit. If. If this happens. such as a child who has outgrown restraint. cushions. When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag or airbags to be enabled. Remove the child restraint from seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped) if: the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the • The right front passenger seat is unoccupied. the off symbol will and seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped) light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag or airbags anytime the system senses that a person of adult size are off. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the The passenger sensing system is designed to enable right front passenger’s frontal airbag and seat-mounted (may inflate) the right front passenger’s frontal airbag side impact airbag (if equipped). 1-61 . or • The right front passenger seat is occupied by a seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child smaller person. blankets. If the off symbol is still not lit. • A right front passenger takes his/her weight off of Remove any additional material from the seat such as the seat for a period of time. after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the • The system determines that a small child is present vehicle. page 3-28. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on is sitting properly in the right front passenger’s seat. seat covers. turn the vehicle off. check with your dealer/retailer.The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off If a child restraint has been installed and the off symbol is the right front passenger’s frontal airbag and not lit. check to make in a child restraint. child restraints. slightly • The system determines that a small child is present recline the vehicle’s seatback and adjust the seat in a booster seat. child restraint manufacturer’s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat • The system determines that an infant is present in Position on page 1-48. the off symbol will not light. if there is a critical problem with the airbag child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and system or the passenger sensing system. a rear-facing infant seat. sure that the vehicle’s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion. seat heaters. secure the child in the • Or. cushion if possible.

then sit upright in the seat. depending upon the person’s seating posture and body build. with the person’s legs comfortably extended. cushions. 1-62 . the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger’s frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped). “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use. See “Safety Belts” and and seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped).For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults. such as blankets. turn the vehicle off. seat covers. If a person of adult-size is sitting in the right front passenger’s seat. Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking. Restart the vehicle and have the person Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the remain in this position for two to three minutes. it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat. seat heaters or seat massagers and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position. remove any additional material from the seat. but the off indicator is lit. If this happens. which This will allow the system to detect that person and helps the passenger sensing system maintain the then enable the right front passenger’s frontal airbag passenger airbag status. centered on the seat cushion.

such as a blanket or cushion. operation of the passenger sensing system. A thick layer of additional material. See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on If the airbag readiness light in the instrument page 1-64 for more information about modifications panel cluster ever comes on and stays on. If this ever happens. or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers. 1-63 . have the vehicle serviced promptly. and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates. including seatback may interfere with the proper important safety information. because an {CAUTION: adult-size person sitting in the right front passenger’s seat may not have the protection Stowing of articles under the passenger’s seat of the airbag(s). We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has {CAUTION: approved for your specific vehicle. that can affect how the system operates. it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. See Airbag Readiness Light or between the passenger’s seat cushion and on page 3-27 for more on this. seat heaters.

Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Adding Equipment to Your
Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced.
There are parts of the airbag system in several places
Q: Is there anything I might add to or change
about the vehicle that could keep the airbags
around your vehicle. Your dealer/retailer and the service from working properly?
manual have information about servicing your vehicle
and the airbag system. To purchase a service manual, A: Yes. If you add things that change your vehicle’s
see Service Publications Ordering Information on frame, bumper system, height, front end or side
page 7-15. sheet metal, they may keep the airbag system from
working properly. Changing or moving any parts of
the front seats, safety belts, the airbag sensing and
{CAUTION: diagnostic module, steering wheel, instrument panel,
front sensors, or airbag wiring can affect the
operation of the airbag system.
For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is
turned off and the battery is disconnected, an In addition, your vehicle has a passenger sensing
airbag can still inflate during improper service. system for the right front passenger’s position, which
You can be injured if you are close to an includes sensors that are part of the passenger’s
airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow seat. The passenger sensing system may not
connectors. They are probably part of the operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced
with non-GM covers, upholstery or trim, or with GM
airbag system. Be sure to follow proper
service procedures, and make sure the person
performing work for you is qualified to do so.

1-64

covers, upholstery or trim designed for a different Q: Because I have a disability, I have to get my
vehicle. Any object, such as an aftermarket seat vehicle modified. How can I find out whether
heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device, this will affect my airbag system?
installed under or on top of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing A: If you have questions, call Customer Assistance.
system. This could either prevent proper deployment The phone numbers and addresses for Customer
of the passenger airbag(s) or prevent the passenger Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer
sensing system from properly turning off the Satisfaction Procedure in this manual. See
passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7-2.
System on page 1-59. In addition, your dealer/retailer and the service manual
If you have any questions about this, you should have information about the location of the airbag sensors,
contact Customer Assistance before you modify sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring.
your vehicle. The phone numbers and addresses
for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the
Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual.
See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7-2.

1-65

Restraint System Check Airbags
The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled
Checking the Restraint Systems maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See Airbag Readiness Light
on page 3-27 for more information.
Safety Belts
Notice: If an airbag covering is damaged, opened,
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
or broken, the airbag may not work properly.
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors
Do not open or break the airbag coverings. If there
and anchorages are working properly.
are any opened or broken airbag covers, have
Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system the airbag covering and/or airbag module replaced.
parts. If you see anything that might keep a safety For the location of the airbag modules, see What
belt system from doing its job, have it repaired. Torn or Makes an Airbag Inflate? on page 1-57. See your
frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash. dealer/retailer for service.
They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn
or frayed, get a new one right away.
Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working.
See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3-27 for more
information.
Keep safety belts clean and dry. See Care of Safety
Belts on page 5-81.

1-66

Replacing Restraint System Parts If you have had a crash, do you need new belts or
LATCH system (if equipped) parts?
After a Crash After a very minor crash, nothing may be necessary.
But the belt assemblies that were used during any crash
may have been stressed or damaged. See your
{CAUTION: dealer/retailer to have your safety belt assemblies
inspected or replaced.
A crash can damage the restraint systems in If your vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being
your vehicle. A damaged restraint system used during a crash, you may need new LATCH
may not properly protect the person using it, system parts.
resulting in serious injury or even death in a New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the
crash. To help make sure your restraint belt or LATCH system (if equipped), was not being used
systems are working properly after a crash, at the time of the crash.
have them inspected and any necessary If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbag
replacements made as soon as possible. system parts. See the part on the airbag system earlier
in this section.
Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your
vehicle has been in a crash, if your airbag readiness
light stays on after you start your vehicle, or while you
are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3-27.

1-67

✍ NOTES

1-68

Section 2 Features and Controls
Keys ...............................................................2-2 Manual Transmission Operation ......................2-26
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ................2-3 Parking Brake ..............................................2-28
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Shifting Into PARK (P) (Automatic
Operation ...................................................2-4 Transmission) ...........................................2-29
Doors and Locks .............................................2-6 Shifting Out of PARK (P) ...............................2-30
Door Locks ....................................................2-6 Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transmission) .....2-31
Central Door Unlocking System ........................2-7 Parking Over Things That Burn .......................2-32
Power Door Locks ..........................................2-7 Engine Exhaust ............................................2-32
Door Ajar Reminder ........................................2-8 Running the Vehicle While Parked ..................2-33
Rear Door Security Locks ................................2-8 Mirrors ...........................................................2-34
Lockout Protection ..........................................2-9 Manual Rearview Mirror .................................2-34
Liftgate ........................................................2-10 Outside Manual Mirrors ..................................2-34
Windows ........................................................2-11 Outside Power Mirrors ...................................2-35
Manual Windows ..........................................2-11 Outside Convex Mirror ...................................2-35
Power Windows ............................................2-12 Outside Heated Mirrors ..................................2-35
Sun Visors ...................................................2-13 Storage Areas ................................................2-36
Theft-Deterrent Systems ..................................2-14 Glove Box ...................................................2-36
Theft-Deterrent System ..................................2-14 Cupholder(s) ................................................2-36
Immobilizer ..................................................2-16 Sunglasses Storage Compartment ...................2-36
Immobilizer Operation ....................................2-16 Front Armrest Storage Area ...........................2-36
Luggage Carrier ...........................................2-37
Starting and Operating Your Vehicle ................2-17 Rear Seat Armrest ........................................2-37
New Vehicle Break-In ....................................2-17 Convenience Net ..........................................2-37
Ignition Positions ..........................................2-18 Cargo Cover ................................................2-38
Starting the Engine .......................................2-19 Hideaway Rear Storage Bins (Wagon Only) ......2-38
Engine Coolant Heater ..................................2-21
Automatic Transmission Operation ...................2-22 Sunroof .........................................................2-39

2-1

Keys

{CAUTION:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition
key is dangerous for many reasons, children or
others could be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate the power windows or
other controls or even make the vehicle move.
The windows will function with the keys in the
ignition and they could be seriously injured or
killed if caught in the path of a closing window.
Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children.

One key is used for the ignition and all locks.
When a new vehicle is delivered, the dealer/retailer
removes the key tag and gives it to the first owner.
The tag has a code on it that tells your dealer/retailer
how to make extra keys. For vehicle security, keep
the key tag in a safe place and also record the key
number somewhere other than inside of the vehicle.
If you lose your key, you will be able to have a new one
made easily using the tag.

2-2

If you need a new key, contact your dealer/retailer who Changes or modifications to this system by other than
can obtain the correct key code. See Roadside an authorized service facility could void authorization to
Assistance Program on page 7-6 for more information. use this equipment.
Notice: If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle, At times you may notice a decrease in range. This is
you may have to damage the vehicle to get in. normal for any RKE system. If the transmitter does not
Be sure you have spare keys. work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle
for the transmitter to work, try this:
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) • Check the distance. You may be too far from your
vehicle. You may need to stand closer during rainy or
System snowy weather.
If the vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) • Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be
system, it operates on a radio frequency subject blocking the signal. Take a few steps to the left or
to Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules right, hold the transmitter higher, and try again.
and with Industry Canada.
• Check to determine if battery replacement is
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. necessary. See “Battery Replacement” later in this
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: section.
1. This device may not cause interference.
• If you are still having trouble, see your dealer/retailer
2. This device must accept any interference received, or a qualified technician for service.
including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.

2-3

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) system will deactivate and the security light will turn off.
The security light is located on the base of the driver’s
System Operation door lock.
The LED light (A), on the transmitter, will flash when the If a door is not opened, all of the doors will automatically
buttons on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter lock and the theft-deterrent system will reactivate.
are pressed. You can lock and unlock the vehicle’s
doors from about 20 feet (6 m) away. Q (Lock): Press Qto lock all of the doors and the
liftgate, if equipped. If all of the doors and the liftgate are
There are other conditions which can affect the closed, the hazard lamps will flash once and the horn
performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless will sound to indicate that locking has occurred.
Entry (RKE) System on page 2-3. The theft-deterrent system will activate and the security
light will flash.
If the driver’s door is open while pressing lock, all of the
doors, except for the driver’s door will lock. If any door
other than the driver’s door is open while pressing lock,
all of the doors, including the driver’s door, will lock.
S (Panic): If your vehicle has this feature, press S to
turn on the hazard warning flashers. The hazard warning
lamps will flash for about 28 seconds. Press S again to
turn off the hazard warning lamps.
The lock, unlock, and panic buttons, on the RKE
W (Unlock): Press Wto unlock all of the doors and transmitter, will not operate while the key is in the
ignition. The theft-deterrent system will not activate while
the liftgate, if equipped. If all of the doors and the
the key is in the ignition.
liftgate are closed, the hazard lamps will flash twice to
indicate that unlocking has occurred. The theft-deterrent

2-4

Matching Transmitter(s) to Your Vehicle
Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another
transmitter from unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitter
is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased
through your dealer/retailer. All transmitters need to
be re-coded to match the new transmitter. The lost
transmitter will no longer work after the new transmitters
are re-coded. Each vehicle can have a maximum of
four transmitters matched to it.

Battery Replacement
The battery is weak if the LED light fails to illuminate or
if the transmitter will not work at the normal operating
range. If you have to get close to your vehicle before the
transmitter works, change the battery. To replace the battery in the RKE transmitter, do the
following:
Notice: When replacing the battery, use care not to
1. Remove the screw from the back of the cover and
touch any of the circuitry. Static from your body
open the cover of the transmitter.
transferred to these surfaces may damage the
transmitter. 2. Pull the transmitter unit out of the cover and open
the cover of the transmitter unit.
3. Remove the battery and replace it with the new one.
Make sure the positive side of the battery faces up.
Use one three-volt, CR1616, or equivalent type
battery.
4. Close the cover of the transmitter unit and put the
unit in the cover of the transmitter.

2-5

5. Assemble the transmitter cover and replace the
screw. Make sure the cover is on tightly, so CAUTION: (Continued)
water will not get in.
6. Test the transmitter operation. • Young children who get into unlocked
vehicles may be unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by extreme heat and can
Doors and Locks suffer permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. Always lock your vehicle
Door Locks whenever you leave it.
• Outsiders can easily enter through an
unlocked door when you slow down or
{CAUTION: stop your vehicle. Locking your doors can
help prevent this from happening.
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
• Passengers, especially children, can easily There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
open the doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. When a door is locked, the handle From the outside, use your key or the optional Remote
will not open it. You increase the chance Keyless Entry transmitter. See Remote Keyless
of being thrown out of the vehicle in a Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2-4.
crash if the doors are not locked. So, wear To manually lock and unlock the doors from the outside,
safety belts properly and lock the doors insert the key into the lock and turn it toward the front
whenever you drive. or rear of the vehicle.
CAUTION: (Continued)

2-6

All doors, except for the Central Door Unlocking System
driver’s door, can be
locked from the outside Your vehicle may have a central door unlocking system
by pushing down the that is activated from the driver’s door.
manual door lock and
From the outside, you can lock or unlock all of the
then closing the door.
doors on your vehicle from the driver’s door by using
either the key or the optional Remote Keyless Entry
transmitter. From the inside, you can lock or unlock all
of the doors using the driver’s door lock.

Power Door Locks
The driver’s door lock cannot be manually locked while On vehicles with power
the door is open. Upon leaving the vehicle, the door locks, the doors can
driver’s door can only be locked from the outside by be locked or unlocked
using the key or the optional RKE transmitter. using the driver’s door
If your vehicle has a driver’s door security light, it is lock switch.
located on the base of the lock. The light turns off when
you unlock the door using the key or the RKE transmitter.
The light turns on when the door is locked using the key
or the RKE transmitter.
Press the switch to lock and unlock the doors.
From the inside, lock and unlock all of the doors by
pushing or pulling the manual door lock. The doors can
also be locked and unlocked with the optional power
door lock switches located on the driver’s door.

2-7

Door Ajar Reminder Rear Door Security Locks
If one of the doors on Your vehicle has rear door
is not closed properly security locks on each
while the ignition is on, rear door that prevent
the door ajar light on passengers from opening
the instrument panel the rear doors from the
cluster comes on and inside.
stays on until the doors
are closed.

See Door Ajar Light on page 3-39 for additional
information. Using the Rear Door Security Lock
1. Move the lever up to lock.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same thing to the other rear door lock.
Notice: Pulling the inside door handle while the
rear door security locks are engaged could damage
your vehicle. Do not pull the inside door handle
while the rear door security locks are engaged.
The rear doors on your vehicle cannot be opened from
the inside while this feature is in use.

2-8

driver’s door and lock it using the key or the Remote If you do not cancel the security lock.Opening a Rear Door When the Lockout Protection Security Lock is On This feature helps prevent locking the key in the car. Always remember to older children know how to cancel the locks. From the outside of the vehicle. 1. take your key with you. The driver’s door can only be locked with the door closed. You should let adults and locked out of your vehicle. children who ride in the rear will not be able to open the This feature cannot guarantee that you will never be rear door from the inside. 2. Unlock the door from the inside and open the door from the outside. Do the same for the other rear door. Canceling the Rear Door Security Lock 1. adults or older Keyless Entry transmitter. Move the lever down to unlock. close the 2. The rear door locks can now be locked and unlocked normally. Unlock the door from the inside. 3. Open the door from the outside. 2-9 .

• Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle.Liftgate The liftgate can be locked and unlocked from outside of the vehicle by inserting the key into the lock and turning it. It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate open because carbon monoxide (CO) gas can When closing the liftgate. {CAUTION: Then pull up the handle above the license plate to open the liftgate. 2-10 . You cannot see or smell CO. The Remote Keyless Entry transmitter. • If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. can also be used. See Engine Exhaust on page 2-32. close it from the center to make sure it fully latches. open them all the way. See Climate Control System on page 3-19. if the vehicle has one. If you must drive with the liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the liftgate: • Make sure all other windows are shut. come into your vehicle.

Never leave a child. or a pet alone in a vehicle. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. 2-11 . a helpless adult. Manual Windows Use the window crank to open and close each window. helpless adults. The rear windows do not open fully.Windows {CAUTION: Leaving children. or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous.

press The windows will function with the keys in the the switch. Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition Base similar key is dangerous for many reasons. lift up on the switch. In addition. Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children. ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. {CAUTION: Leaving children. the power window switches are located on the driver’s door armrest. When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows. They can be overcome from extreme heat in warm or hot weather and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. The ignition must be turned to ON/RUN to other controls or even make the vehicle move. children or others could be badly injured or even killed.Power Windows If your vehicle has this feature. Uplevel shown. each passenger door has a switch for its They could operate the power windows or own window. 2-12 . helpless adults. or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous. To raise a window. use the power windows. To lower a window.

This switch is labeled AUTO. 2-13 . To raise the window. The driver’s power window controls may also include a lockout button. Press the They can also be removed from the center mount and switch then release it and the driver’s window goes all moved to the side. Press the lockout button again to return to normal window operation. The driver can still operate all the windows with the lock on. feature. Press the lockout button to stop the front and rear passengers from using their window switches.Express-Down Window Sun Visors The driver’s window may also have an express-down To block out glare you can pull the visors down. press the switch Visor Vanity Mirror again. Pull the sun visor down and lift the cover Window Lockout to expose the vanity mirror. Your vehicle has vanity mirrors located on the back of the sun visors. To stop the window while it is lowering. the way down. pull up and hold the switch.

the hood. we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal. • All of the doors will lock. the windows. as the system lock the vehicle using the key or the manual door locks. the driver’s door lock. Lock the door using the remote keyless entry transmitter. Make sure the windows are closed. Your vehicle may have a theft-deterrent system. 2-14 . especially in some cities. • The hazard warning lamps will flash once and Theft-Deterrent System the horn will sound. features. Close the doors. the theft-deterrent system. It activates indicate that the theft-deterrent system is armed. • Press the unlock button on the remote keyless If the key is inserted in the ignition. Although your vehicle has a number of theft-deterrent • The LED light on the transmitter will flash once. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF and remove the key the key. If you do not want to arm the theft-deterrent system. Unlocking a door any other way will activate the alarm 2. the transmitter entry transmitter. from the ignition. only when you use the optional remote keyless entry The security light is located on the base of transmitter. use one of Arming the System the following methods: To arm the system: • Unlock the driver’s or passenger’s door using 1. The theft-deterrent system will not arm when you lock the • The security light will flash once every second to doors using the key or the manual door lock. will not operate the theft-deterrent system. and the when a door or the liftgate is opened. can be activated even if the windows are open.Theft-Deterrent Systems 3. The transmitter must be used to activate Vehicle theft is big business. liftgate. To avoid activating the alarm by accident. • The theft-deterrent mode will activate.

keyless entry transmitter. from the vehicle. it can be deactivated using • Unlock the driver’s or passenger’s door using one of the following methods: the key. that means the theft-deterrent system alarm was triggered while you were away. − All of the doors will unlock. 2-15 . the horn will sound and the lamps will flash for up to 30 seconds. − The LED light on the transmitter will • Unlock the driver’s or passenger’s front door flash once. − The theft-deterrent mode will deactivate. Otherwise. or the remote keyless entry transmitter. How the System Alarm is Activated Do not leave the key or device that disarms or If a door or the liftgate is opened without using the key deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle. If the door is not opened or if the engine is not started How to Detect a Tamper Condition within 30 seconds after disarming the system with the transmitter.Disarming the System How to Turn Off the System Alarm To disarm the system. the alarm will automatically stop after 30 seconds. reactivate the theft-deterrent system. using the key. the lock or unlock buttons on the remote keyless entry transmitter. use one of the following methods: If the system alarm is active. • Press the lock or unlock button on the remote • Press the unlock button on the transmitter. The system will then lock the doors and − The hazard warning lamps will flash twice. all of the doors will automatically lock If the hazard warning lamps flash once when you press and the theft-deterrent mode will reactivate.

This device may not cause interference. Your vehicle may have a passive theft-deterrent system. the fuel pump and the fuel injectors. You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: The immobilizer system prevents your vehicle from 1. Changes or modifications to this system by other than The immobilizer system isolates the power supply to an authorized service facility could void authorization to the ignition system. This device must accept any interference received. If the immobilizer system does not recognize the electronic code when the key is turned to START. The system is automatically armed when the key is including interference that may cause undesired removed from the ignition. use this equipment.Immobilizer Immobilizer Operation This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. being started by unauthorized persons. If your key is ever damaged. 1. This device must accept any interference received. you may not be able to start your vehicle. The correct key will operation of the device. This device may not cause interference. There is a transponder in the key including interference that may cause undesired head that is electronically coded. The security light will come on if there is a problem Operation is subject to the following two conditions: with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. An invalid key immobilizes the engine. 2-16 . Your vehicle has a special key that works with the 2. 2. operation. This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. theft-deterrent system. start the vehicle. the engine will not start and the security light will flash.

linings are not yet broken in. Avoid downshifting to If you lose or damage your keys. if the engine does not start and the security light continues flashing. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings. (322 km) or so. Following break-in. try another key. can have new keys made. the first key may be faulty. make full-throttle starts. Hard stops Do not leave the key or device that disarms or with new linings can mean premature wear and deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle. But it will perform better in the long run if with the other key. 2-17 . • Do not drive at any one constant speed. there Starting and Operating may be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. If your you follow these guidelines: vehicle does start. fast or slow. contact Roadside Assistance. If the engine still does not start break-in. and the key appears to New Vehicle Break-In be undamaged. earlier replacement. At this time. engine speed and load can be gradually increased. • Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles In an emergency. Do not Up to five keys may be programmed for the vehicle. If the engine still does not start. you may also want to check the fuse. your vehicle needs service. only a dealer/retailer brake or slow the vehicle. Your Vehicle Turn the ignition off and try again.When trying to start the vehicle. During this time the new brake See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7-6. See your dealer/retailer who can have a new key made. See Fuses and Circuit Notice: Your vehicle does not need an elaborate Breakers on page 5-89. for the first 500 miles (805 km).

If it is. If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving. but not the climate control system. Use the correct key and turn the key only with turned to four different your hand. such as the radio. LOCK/OFF: This position locks the steering wheel. If none of this works. shift lever and transmission. This is the only position in which you can insert or remove the key. move the steering wheel from right to left and turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. Do not push the key in while the vehicle is moving. turn the key only to ACC/ACCESSORY. then your vehicle needs service. ignition. ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY): This position operates {CAUTION: some of the electrical accessories. positions with the key. turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard. On manual transmission vehicles. 2-18 . turning the key to LOCK/OFF and removing it will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle. For easier key operation when unlocking the steering wheel.Ignition Positions Notice: Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the The ignition switch can be key. Make sure the key is all the way in. This could cause a collision.

and ON/RUN allow you to operate electrical accessories. Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine. and to display Move the shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). ACC/ACCESSORY vehicle is stopped. vehicle is moving. use NEUTRAL (N) only. 2-19 . If you do. such as the radio. release the key. you can use ON/RUN to operate the electrical accessories. But even Automatic Transmission when the engine is not running. To restart when you are already START: This position starts the engine. Do not turn the key to Notice: Do not try to shift to PARK (P) if your START if the engine is running. When the moving. Manual Transmission The shift lever should be in NEUTRAL and the parking brake engaged. The switch stays in RUN when the engine is running.ON/RUN: This is the position the switch returns after Starting the Engine you start the engine and release the key. Shift to PARK (P) only when your Even if the engine is not running. Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down — that is a safety feature. some instrument panel warning lights. The switch returns to ON/RUN for normal driving. engine starts. The engine will not start in any other position — that is a safety feature. you could damage the transmission.

briefly but then stops again. your vehicle is ready to be driven. If you START. let the engine run for a few minutes to warm up. turn the Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the ignition to START. it could be flooded with too much gasoline. accessories are added. or starts but then stops. Wait about Notice: The engine is designed to work with the 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining electronics in your vehicle. do the same thing. let go floor and holding it there as you hold the key in of the key. This clears the extra gasoline from be drained much sooner. And the excessive heat the engine. Notice: Holding your key in START for longer than but this time keep the pedal down for five or 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to six seconds. check with your dealer/retailer. If electrical parts or your battery or damaging your starter. the engine might not perform properly. 1. The idle speed will go down as your START for about three seconds. Before adding electrical again to start the engine by turning the ignition to equipment. do not. Wait about 15 seconds between each try. If the engine still will not start. you could change the way 2.Starting Procedure 3. If the weather is below freezing (32°F or 0°C). wait about 15 seconds and try the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by your When the engine has run about 10 seconds to vehicle’s warranty. With your foot off the accelerator pedal. If it does not start. If the vehicle starts engine gets warm. Do not run your engine at high speed when it is cold. When the engine starts. warm up. 2-20 . can damage your starter motor.

behind the battery. Before starting the engine. three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. 3. the your vehicle. The dealer/retailer can give you the best advice for that particular area. Turn off the engine. 2-21 . How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in? The answer depends on the outside temperature. engine compartment.Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater can help in cold weather {CAUTION: conditions at or below 0°F (−18°C) for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Also. Plug it into a normal. Plug in Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet the coolant heater at least four hours before starting could cause an electrical shock. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. we ask that you contact your dealer/retailer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle. 4. Instead of trying to list everything here. use a heavy-duty three-prong The cord is located on the driver side of the extension cord rated for at least 15 amps. the kind of oil you have. If the cord will 2. You could be seriously To Use the Engine Coolant Heater injured. and some other things. be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts. Plug the cord into a properly grounded 1. If you do not. it could be damaged. not reach. grounded 110-Volt AC outlet. wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire.

automatic transmission. your parking brake and move the shift lever Movement between certain positions requires pushing to PARK (P). even This indicator is located to the right of the trip odometer when you are on fairly level ground. Your vehicle can roll. To be sure your vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into PARK (P) the shift lever to the passenger side while shifting. indicator that displays the position of the shift lever. If you have left the engine running. It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the parking brake firmly set. It is the best position to use when the start your engine If your vehicle has an because your vehicle cannot move easily. This prevents you from changing positions unexpectedly by blocking the straight movement of the shift lever while the vehicle is moving. Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to. always set on the instrument panel cluster. (Automatic Transmission) on page 2-29. You or others could be injured. 2-22 .Automatic Transmission Operation PARK (P): This position locks the front wheels. the shift lever is located on the console between {CAUTION: the seats. the vehicle can move Your vehicle may also have an electronic shift position suddenly.

Notice: Shifting out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) Shift to REVERSE (R) only after your vehicle is with the engine running at high speed may damage stopped. see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand.Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) before starting the engine. If you Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is cannot shift out of PARK (P) while holding the brake running at high speed is dangerous. or sand without damaging the transmission. the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. shift into a drive gear while your engine is you must press down on the shift lever while shifting. Ice. Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system. Have your vehicle NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed. running at high speed when shifting your vehicle. page 4-17. Also. see Shifting Out of PARK (P) on page 2-30. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Be sure the engine is not To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow. or Snow on DRIVE (D): This position is for normal driving. You could lose control and hit people or objects. your REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up. ice. you already moving. your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. use NEUTRAL (N) only. Mud. The regular {CAUTION: brakes must be applied before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition key is in ON/RUN. and connect with the wheels. use could damage the transmission. Unless pedal down. Do not When shifting from NEUTRAL (N) to REVERSE (R). running at high speed. 2-23 . serviced right away. Notice: If your vehicle seems to start up rather NEUTRAL (N): In this position. vehicle could move very rapidly. Notice: Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission. To restart while you are you continue to drive your vehicle that way. the engine does not slowly or not shift gears when you go faster.

Here are some times you might choose on very steep hills. the transmission does not • When driving on hilly. When stopping on a hill. Use THIRD (3) or AUTOMATIC will turn on or flash. use your brakes off and on. or in deep snow or mud. but then you would also want to do not spin the tires. FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power however. Use it than DRIVE (D). Do not shift on page 3-34 or Hold Mode Light on page 3-33. use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place. your engine. it offers more power and lower fuel economy but lower fuel economy than SECOND (2). Notice: Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but in one place on a hill using only the accelerator lower fuel economy. If you are stuck. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp OVERDRIVE (D) as much as possible. steep mountain roads. over 65 mph (105 km/h). If the shift THIRD (3) instead of DRIVE (D): lever is put in FIRST (1). Use SECOND (2) on hills. shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough. 2-24 . Notice: Do not drive in SECOND (2) at speeds If there is a malfunction with the automatic transmission. • When going down a steep hill. winding roads. It can pedal may damage the transmission. or you can damage the Check Engine Light or the HOLD indicator light the transmission. into SECOND (2) unless you are going slower Take your vehicle to your dealer/retailer as soon than 65 mph (105 km/h) or you can damage as possible. The repair will help control the vehicles speed as you go down not be covered by your warranty.THIRD (3): This position is also used for normal driving.

on slippery road surfaces. 2-25 . the transmission operates in the following ways: If your vehicle’s transmission has a hold mode. select this mode to drive with some characteristics of a manual • When the transmission is in DRIVE (D). such as snow. the transmission. Select hold mode to use your automatic transmission like a four-speed manual transmission.Hold Mode When hold mode is activated. mud. and return SECOND (2) to help the vehicle maintain traction to normal automatic transmission operation. • When the transmission is in FIRST (1). the transmission is fixed in that gear. Press the HOLD button on • When the transmission is in THIRD (3). or ice. THIRD (3) or Press the button again to turn off hold mode. SECOND (2) to THIRD (3) and tries to maintain THIRD (3) for as long as possible. • When the transmission is in SECOND (2). the the shift lever console to transmission operates in a gear range of turn on hold mode. the HOLD indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will light up. While on. the automatic transmission operates in a gear range of transmission stays in a specific gear range. With hold mode turned on. See Hold Mode Light on Manually Controlling Shift page 3-33. SECOND (2) to THIRD (3) to DRIVE (D) and tries to maintain DRIVE (D) for as long as possible. the transmission is fixed in that gear. Hold Mode Functions Winter Function Select hold mode while in DRIVE (D).

Then. slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. Then.Manual Transmission Operation Shift into FIRST (1) while you are going less than 20 mph (32 km/h). FOURTH (4) and FIFTH (5): Shift into THIRD (3). let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal. If you have come to a complete stop Five-Speed and it is hard to shift into FIRST (1). Press the clutch pedal back down. the same way you do for SECOND (2). FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST (1). THIRD (3). 2-26 . Then shift into FIRST (1). To stop. put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch. Just before the vehicle stops. Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. FOURTH (4) and FIFTH (5). This is the shift pattern for a Five-Speed transmission. SECOND (2): Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND (2). slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. press Here is how to operate a manual transmission: the clutch pedal and the brake pedal. and shift to NEUTRAL.

NEUTRAL: Use this position when you start or idle Shift Speeds the engine. You could is moving forward could damage the transmission. along with the parking brake. injure yourself or others. REVERSE (R): To back up. 2-27 . stopped. Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal. Do not shift down The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. press down the clutch pedal. If you skip a gear when you downshift. use REVERSE (R). for parking your vehicle. Also. lift up the ring on the shift lever and shift {CAUTION: into REVERSE (R). you Notice: Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your vehicle could lose control of your vehicle. more than one gear at a time when you Shift to REVERSE (R) only after your vehicle is downshift.

Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down.Parking Brake To set the parking brake. If the ignition is on. Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button. The parking brake lever is located between the bucket seats. Notice: Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. See Brake System Warning Light on page 3-31. 2-28 . Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. To release the parking brake. hold the brake pedal down. hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever. the brake system warning light will come on.

Your vehicle could move the parking brake firmly set. the shift lever away from PARK (P). parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. even when you are on fairly level You or others could be injured. if you leave the vehicle with the engine could be injured. hold the lever toward the passenger side of the vehicle and regular brake pedal down. use the steps that follow. vehicle can move suddenly. To be sure your vehicle will running. If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) by pushing the have moved the shift lever into PARK (P). 3. Remove the key and take it with you. Your vehicle can suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in roll. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 1. the PARK (P) with the parking brake firmly set. it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK (P). Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake. If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand. see if you can move then up. 2-29 . be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your See Parking Brake on page 2-28 for more information. You or others And. 4.Shifting Into PARK (P) Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine (Automatic Transmission) Running (Automatic Transmission) {CAUTION: {CAUTION: It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with if the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the engine running. After you 2. Do not leave ground. it could overheat and even catch fire. your vehicle with the engine running. your vehicle is in PARK (P). If you can. not move. Then. If you have left the engine running.

vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the 3. Set the parking brake. flat object. 2-30 . slot is located at the top of the shift lever. The shift-lock release so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK (P). See Automatic Transmission Operation then shift into PARK (P) properly before you leave the on page 2-22. see Shifting Into PARK (P) (Automatic Transmission) on page 2-29. If torque lock does occur. If you cannot shift out of PARK (P) while holding the brake pedal down. set the parking brake and is turned to ON. This is called “torque lock. try this: When you are ready to drive. To find out how. driver’s seat. using a small. You have to fully apply your regular brakes shift lever out of PARK (P). Turn the ignition off and remove the key. You may find it difficult to pull the LOCK/OFF.Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission) Shifting Out of PARK (P) If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your An automatic transmission vehicle has an automatic transmission into PARK (P) properly. Pry off the cover over the shift-lock release slot pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission.” before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition To prevent torque lock. 1. move the shift lever out of PARK (P) before you release the parking brake. you may need to have another 2. the weight of the transmission shift lock control system which locks vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl the shift lever in PARK (P) when the ignition is in in the transmission.

• When parking downhill. 7. Shift to the gear you want. Fully press in the clutch pedal and place the shift lever into the gear position as stated below: • When parking on level ground. Before leaving your vehicle. Insert the key into the Parking Your Vehicle shift-lock release slot and press and hold (Manual Transmission) the key. turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. place the shift lever in 6. 4. Hold the brake pedal down and firmly apply the parking brake. do the following: 1. 3. 2. place the shift lever into NEUTRAL. place the shift lever in REVERSE (R). Replace the shift-lock release slot cover. 2-31 . Shift to NEUTRAL (N). 8. • When parking uphill. FIRST (1). 9. Have the system fixed as soon as you can. remove the key and release the clutch. Apply and hold the regular brake fully and release the parking brake. After shifting. Remove the key from the shift-lock release slot. 5. insert the key into the ignition and start the engine. 10.

• Your vehicle gets rusty underneath. or other smell. leaves.Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust {CAUTION: {CAUTION: Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust Engine exhaust can kill. Do not carbon monoxide (CO). It contains the gas parts under your vehicle and ignite. • Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly. things that can burn. • Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris. and • Have your vehicle fixed immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle: • Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO. You might have exhaust coming in if: • The exhaust system sounds strange or different. It can cause unconsciousness and death. which you cannot see or park over papers. 2-32 . • Repairs were not done correctly. • Your vehicle was damaged in a collision. dry grass.

Shifting Into PARK (P) (Automatic Transmission) on See Winter Driving on page 4-13. NEVER park in a garage with the engine running. To be sure your vehicle will not move. If you have an automatic transmission. idling in a closed-in place can let deadly ground. You or others Engine Exhaust on page 2-32. could be injured. always set the parking brake and carbon monoxide (CO) into your vehicle even if move the automatic transmission shift lever to the climate control fan is at the highest setting. page 2-29. Do not leave your Idling the engine with the climate control vehicle when the engine is running unless you system off could allow dangerous exhaust into have to. But if you {CAUTION: ever have to.Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running. If you have left the engine running. 2-33 . It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not {CAUTION: fully in PARK (P) with the parking brake firmly set. see Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. even when it is on fairly level Also. Exhaust — with CO — can come in easily. here are some things to know. your vehicle. or the manual transmission shift One place this can happen is a garage. See the earlier caution under the vehicle can move suddenly. lever to NEUTRAL. Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move. Your vehicle can roll. PARK (P).

driver and passenger doors. The outside rearview mirrors can be folded flat against the side of the vehicle by pushing them toward the vehicle. The day/night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you. Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side. 2-34 . Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use.Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position. adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle. Outside Manual Mirrors The outside rearview mirrors should be adjusted so you can see the side of your vehicle when you are sitting Adjust the outside mirrors with the control levers on the in a comfortable driving position.

To adjust a mirror.Outside Power Mirrors Outside Convex Mirror {CAUTION: A convex mirror can make things (like other vehicles) look farther away than they really are. Outside Heated Mirrors Move the outside power mirror control to L while adjusting the left mirror and to R while adjusting the If your vehicle has this feature. A convex mirror’s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. 2-35 . The ignition must be turned Outside Mirror Defogger” under Climate Control System to ON/RUN to adjust the mirrors. you could hit a vehicle on your right. Place the control in the center position window defogger. The passenger side mirror is convex. outside power mirrors are warmed to help clear them of press the four-way control pad to move the mirror in ice. and condensation. look farther away than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane. Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. The control for the power mirrors is located on the driver’s side door trim. See “Rear Window and the desired direction. the heated driver’s and passenger’s when not adjusting either mirror. on page 3-19 for more information. It also makes things. when you operate the rear right mirror. snow. like other vehicles. The outside rearview mirrors can be folded flat against the side of the vehicle by pushing them toward the vehicle. Your vehicle may have outside power mirrors.

To open it. push lid and push it down until it latches securely.Storage Areas Sunglasses Storage Compartment Your vehicle has shopping hooks on each front seatback The sunglasses storage compartment is located for your convenience. pull up on the lift lever cupholders. To close the Glove Box compartment. 2-36 . let go of the cover and the compartment will automatically close. pull down and hold the upper part of the cover. lift up on the lever. To close the storage area. in the rear seat center armrest. To open the glove box. move the inner support forward or and raise the lid. down on the rear seat center armrest to use them. To use the front To open the storage area. Cupholder(s) Front Armrest Storage Area The cupholders are located in the center console and Your vehicle has a front armrest storage area. above the driver’s door. If your vehicle has rear cupholders. lower the backward.

to have a collision. along. What you are carrying could be violently torn check now and then to make sure cargo is still securely off. To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you are driving. pull the armrest down from the rear seatback. never carry something Rear Seat Armrest longer or wider than the roof rack on top of Your vehicle may have a rear seat armrest that contains your vehicle. two cupholders. For more information on vehicle rack— like paneling. Do not put things on top of your Convenience Net vehicle that are wider or longer than the roof rack. Load cargo so that it rests on the slats as far {CAUTION: forward as possible and against the side rails. making sure to fasten it securely. see Loading Your Vehicle on so forth — the wind can catch it as you drive page 4-18. a mattress and capacity and loading. The convenience net can help keep small loads from moving during sharp turns or quick starts and stops. You may be able to carry something like this inside. plywood. and this could cause you or other drivers fastened.Luggage Carrier Notice: Loading cargo on the roof rack that weighs more than 220 lbs (100 kg) or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage your vehicle. 2-37 . This can cause you to lose control. and of course damage your vehicle. If you try to carry something on top of your Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when vehicle that is longer or wider than the roof loading your vehicle. Hang the four net hooks in the metal rings on each corner of the floor. The roof rack with side rails lets you to load things on top of your vehicle. To access the cupholders. But.

pulling it toward you. The cover will retract automatically. pull up on the floor mat handle. To remove the cover. Do not place items on top of the cargo cover. release the handle after floor. Pull the handle of the cover toward the rear of the vehicle and insert the retainer into the slot located on both sides of the tailgate There are various bins under the luggage compartment openings. To access the bins. 2-38 .Cargo Cover Hideaway Rear Storage Bins (Wagon Only) Your vehicle may have a cargo cover.

push the rear part of the switch and hold it until the sunroof reaches the desired position. push the front part of the switch.Sunroof To fully open the sunroof. The sunroof will only the sunroof. To close between the map lamp buttons. it until the sunroof is closed. 2-39 . To return the sunroof to its original position. push the rear part of the switch. The sunroof will open automatically until the front If the vehicle has this feature. In both the vent and fully open positions. the switch is located or the rear part of the switch is pushed again. be express-opened all of the way. To open the sunroof to the vent position. The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure. can be adjusted for driving comfort by pushing and holding the switch until the sunroof moves to the desired position. The sunroof will stop if the The sunroof can be opened to a vent position or it can switch is released during operation. the air flow The sunroof must be manually opened or closed. push the front part of the switch and hold operate when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN.

✍ NOTES 2-40 .

.........................3-38 Ashtray(s) and Cigarette Lighter ................................3-25 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ....................3-27 Windshield Washer ....................................3-13 Brake System Warning Light ......3-34 Accessory Power Outlet(s) ....3-22 Horn .........................................3-26 Windshield Wipers ...........3-15 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage ...........3-16 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ................3-17 Fog Lamp Light ........................ Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview ..................................................3-13 Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SSPS) Fog Lamps ....3-6 Warning Lights..3-18 Cruise Control Light ........3-19 Hazard Warning Flashers .....................................................................................3-10 Charging System Light ......................................3-33 Map Lamps ..............3-13 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light ........................................................3-16 Tire Pressure Light .............................3-10 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator .........3-33 Dome Lamp ................3-32 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ..................3-6 Climate Control System ............................................................................................................................................ Gages........3-31 Headlamps on Reminder .................................................................3-8 Tachometer .3-30 Exterior Lamps ............3-6 Outlet Adjustment .................................3-27 Rear Window Wiper/Washer ........................3-28 Cruise Control ....3-23 Tilt Wheel .................................................................................................................3-38 Clock .................3-19 Other Warning Devices ....................................3-34 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver ...................................3-15 Hold Mode Light ..........................3-26 Flash-to-Pass ......3-7 Instrument Panel Cluster .........................3-4 Climate Controls .3-8 Safety Belt Reminders .............3-7 Speedometer and Odometer ....................................3-9 Airbag Readiness Light ........3-6 Passenger Compartment Air Filter ..3-26 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer .............................................3-32 Instrument Panel Brightness ........................................................................ and Indicators .........................................3-14 Warning Light ...............................................................................3-38 3-1 ...........................................................3-24 Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ........................................................................................................3-16 Oil Pressure Light .......................................................................3-8 Trip Odometer ...........

.........................................................3-39 Using an MP3 (Radio with Six-Disc Player) ....3-48 Door Ajar Light .......................................3-40 Audio Steering Wheel Controls ....................3-39 Using an MP3 (Radio with CD Player) ..........................................................3-42 Indicator Light ....3-63 Integrated Windshield Antenna ..3-54 Trunk Ajar Light (Hatchback Only) ....................3-39 Audio System(s) ....................................................................3-63 3-2 ...............3-63 Care of the CD Player .......3-62 Care of Your CDs .........................................3-41 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Radio with CD (MP3/WMA) .........................................................................................3-58 Fuel Gage ................. Section 3 Instrument Panel Highbeam On Light ...............3-61 Low Fuel Warning Light ....3-39 Radio with Six-Disc CD (MP3/WMA) .........................3-40 Radio Reception ....................

✍ NOTES 3-3 .

Instrument Panel Overview 3-4 .

See Instrument Panel K. See Glove Box on page 2-36. Cruise Control Buttons. page 3-17. Windshield Wiper Control. Climate Control System. See Hazard L. See Outlet Adjustment on page 3-22. B. F. See Climate Control E. See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3-61. See Exterior Lamps on page 3-13. Glove Box. P. Cigarette Lighter. M. See Clock on page 3-18. C. See Ashtray(s) and Cigarette Lighter on page 3-17. Instrument Panel Cluster. Horn. Hood Release. See Horn on page 3-6. on page 3-8. See Audio System(s) on page 3-41. page 3-10. See Cruise Control on Cluster on page 3-25. Audio System. Hazard Warning Flashers Button. Air Outlets. 3-5 . Exterior Lamps Control. H. See Windshield Wipers Warning Flashers on page 3-6. See Hood Release on page 5-11. See N. G. J.The main components of the instrument panel are the following: A. Audio Steering Wheel Controls (If Equipped). O. Instrument Panel Brightness Control. D. See Ashtray(s) and Cigarette Lighter on Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3-15. Digital Clock. System on page 3-19. I. Ashtray.

you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind To tilt the steering wheel. when you exit and enter the vehicle. The hazard warning flashers work even if the key is not in the ignition switch. Then. Other Warning Devices The lever that lets you tilt the steering wheel is located under the steering column. The hazard warning flasher button is on the instrument panel. move the wheel to a comfortable position and pull the lever toward you to Horn lock the wheel in place. lever away from you. Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. The front and rear steering wheel before you drive. turn signal lamps will flash on and off.Hazard Warning Flashers Tilt Wheel The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and Your vehicle has a tilt wheel which lets you adjust the others that you have a problem. Press again to turn the flashers completely off. If you carry reflective triangles. 3-6 . hold the wheel and push the your vehicle. Press near or on the horn symbols on the steering Raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room wheel pad to sound the horn.

the arrow starts to flash. • GTurn and Lane-Change Signals. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5-89. An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change. move the lever all the way up or down. check the fuse. These positions let you signal a turn or a lane change. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer on page 3-8. raise or lower the lever until and Lane-Change Signals on page 3-7. See Flash-to-Pass on page 3-8. page 3-14. Replace the bulb to help avoid an accident. 3-7 . See Turn To signal a lane change. If the arrow • -Fog Lamps. Hold it there until you complete • 3Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer. To signal a turn. be burned out and other drivers will not see your • OExterior Light Control. a signal bulb could • Flash-to-Pass. See Fog Lamps on still does not flash when signaling. if equipped. Base similar The lever on the left side of the steering column When the turn is finished. See Exterior Lamps on turn signal. As you signal a turn or a lane change. The lever returns by itself when it is released.Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever Turn and Lane-Change Signals The turn signal has two upward (for right) and two downward (for left) positions. Uplevel shown. your lane change. page 3-13. the lever will return includes the following: automatically. if the arrows flash rapidly or do not go on at all.

speed.Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer Windshield Wipers Push the turn signal/multifunction lever away from you to change the headlamps from low beam to high beam. wheel to operate the windshield wipers. The ignition must be turned to ON/RUN to operate the windshield Flash-to-Pass wipers. To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam. This feature lets you use your high-beam headlamps to HI (High Speed): This position is for wiping at a high signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass. To use it. 3-8 . pull the turn signal/multifunction lever toward LO (Low Speed): This position is for steady wiping at a you until the high-beam headlamps come on. A light comes on in the instrument panel cluster if the high beams are on while the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. release the lever to turn them off. then low speed. Use this lever located on the right side of the steering pull the turn signal lever toward you.

Remember that damaged wiper blades can prevent you from seeing well enough to drive safely. pull the windshield longer delay between wipes. turned to ON/RUN. 3-9 . are needed. hold the lever toward INT longer. The wiper speed can only wiper/washer lever toward you while the ignition is be adjusted when the lever is in the INT position. If they are frozen to the windshield. carefully loosen or thaw them. then let go. but not completely in. Otherwise the wipers stop after one wipe. To avoid When the lever is released. the washers stop. If the blades do become damaged. Hold it there until the windshield wipers start. blocking your vision. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. do not use your washer position for a single wiping cycle. Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload. the INT In freezing weather.INT (Intermittent): This position lets you choose a Windshield Washer delayed wiping cycle. Mist Function {CAUTION: Move the lever toward. If additional wiping cycles washer fluid can form ice on the windshield. Turn the band on the windshield wiper lever toward FAST or SLOW for a shorter or To wash the windshield. OFF: This position turns off the windshield wipers. but the damage. be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper wipers continue to wipe for about two or three cycles blades before using them. and either stop or resume at the previous speed. get new blades or blade inserts. The windshield until the windshield is warmed. A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools.

The wiper operates continuously when the lever is in the first position. not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic. Cruise control does not work at speeds In freezing weather. the wiper operates Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery intermittently. fast changes in tire Washer fluid sprays onto the rear window and the wiper traction can cause excessive wheel slip. Push the Cruise control can be dangerous where you windshield wiper/washer lever toward the instrument cannot drive safely at a steady speed. until the windshield is warmed. roads. a speed of about 24 mph (39 km/h) or more can be maintained without {CAUTION: keeping your foot on the accelerator. On such roads. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield. and operates continuously when the lever is pushed to you could lose control. Do not use cruise the second position. blocking your vision. In some vehicle models. control on slippery roads. This can really help on long trips. So.Rear Window Wiper/Washer Cruise Control If your vehicle has cruise control. do not use your washer below 24 mph (39 km/h). do panel to start the rear window washer/wiper system. 3-10 . {CAUTION: The vehicle has a rear window washer/wiper.

If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise. If the cruise control is set to a desired speed and then You could be startled and even lose control. Press the ON/OFF button to turn on the cruise control. An indicator light on the instrument panel cluster comes on to show that the cruise control is on.Setting Cruise Control 3. Once you are going about 24 mph (39 km/h) or more. See Cruise {CAUTION: Control Light on page 3-38. 1. Do not hold the RESUME button. 2. this shuts off the want to use cruise control. The cruise control pad is The vehicle will go back to the previously set speed and located on the inboard stay there. it does not need to be reset. side of the steering wheel. you might hit a button Resuming a Set Speed and go into cruise when you do not want to. Accelerate to the speed you want. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. turned off by applying the brake or clutch pedal. If the RESUME button is held. However. Press the SET button and release it. if you do not want the vehicle speed to keep increasing. briefly press the RESUME button. the vehicle keeps going faster until the button is released or you apply the brake pedal. Keep the cruise control switch off until you if you have a manual transmission. cruise control. 3-11 .

3-12 . is reached. you might have to step button. the vehicle slows down to the cruise control speed set earlier. When you take your foot off the pedal.6 km/h) slower. or press the clutch using cruise control: pedal. The vehicle now cruises Using Cruise Control on Hills at the higher speed. Erasing Speed Memory • To slow down in very small amounts. To increase the vehicle speed in very small on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle’s amounts. and the steepness of the desired speed is reached. Each time this is done. When going up steep hills. you might have to brake then release it. turning off the cruise control or the ignition. speed. and then release the hills. Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle’s • Use the accelerator pedal to get to a higher speed. briefly press the SET button. How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon • Press the RESUME button. briefly press the RESUME button and speed. the vehicle The cruise control set speed memory can be erased by goes about 1 mph (1. Each time this is done. • Press the SET button until the desired lower speed • Press the ON/OFF button on the cruise control pad. then release it. When going downhill.6 km/h) faster. and do not use cruise control on steep hills. Many drivers find this to be too much trouble control is turned on by pressing the SET button. Applying the brake pedal turns off the cruise The accelerate feature will only work after the cruise control. Press the SET button. down. the vehicle or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle’s speed goes about 1 mph (1. if the vehicle has a manual transmission.Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Passing Another Vehicle While Using Control Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Ending Cruise Control Control There are two ways to turn off the cruise control: There are two ways to reduce the vehicle speed while • Step lightly on the brake pedal. Hold it there until the the vehicle speed. then release the button and the accelerator pedal. load.

3 (Headlamps): Turn the band to this position to turn on the headlamps. The headlamps automatically turn off when the ignition • The parking brake is released. together with the taillamps. together with the following: The DRL system will make your low-beam headlamps come on in daylight when the following conditions • Taillamps are met: • License Plate Lamp • The ignition is on.Exterior Lamps . Uplevel shown. Base similar Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for The lever on the left side of the steering column others to see the front of your vehicle during the operates the exterior lamps. key is turned to LOCK/OFF or ACC/ACCESSORY. (Parking Lamps): Turn the band to this position to turn on the parking lamps. except the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). • Instrument Panel Lights • The exterior lamp band is in OFF or in the parking • Parking Lamps lamp position. 3-13 . day. a warning chime will sound. OFF: Turn the band to this position to turn all lamps off. but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset. license plate lamp. and instrument panel lights. DRL can be helpful in many different driving The exterior lamp band has three positions: conditions. Headlamps on Reminder If the driver’s door is opened with the ignition turned to LOCK/OFF or ACC/ACCESSORY and the lamps are on.

The DRL system will turn off when one of the following Turn the band to ON to turn the fog lamps on. If your vehicle has fog lamps. the taillamps. lamps. The fog lamps will also turn off while the high-beam • The high-beam headlamps are on. As with any vehicle.An indicator light will come on when the DRL are on. lamps or low-beam headlamps. use them for better When the DRL system is on. headlamps are turned off. When the high-beam • The low-beam headlamps are on. headlamps are turned on. Turn the band to OFF to turn the fog lamps off. • The flash-to-pass feature is used. • The parking brakes are on. While using the exterior lamps control to the parking lamp or headlamp fog lamps. you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it. conditions are met: An indicator light will come on while the fog lamps • The ignition is off. parking lamps and instrument panel lights The band for the front fog lamps is located in the middle will not be illuminated unless you have turned the of the turn signal/multifunction lever. Fog Lamps See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Light on page 3-39. are on. the fog lamps will turn on again. the ignition must be on as well as the parking position. sidemarker visibility in foggy or misty conditions. 3-14 . See Fog Lamp Light on page 3-38.

Turn the thumbwheel up to brighten the instrument ON: The light comes on and stays on regardless of panel lights or down to dim them. and then fades out on the Notchback/Wagon models. whether a door is opened or closed. OFF: The light remains off even when a door is opened. the light stays on for about seven seconds.Instrument Panel Brightness Dome Lamp The thumbwheel for this The switch on this lamp feature is located on the has three positions. 3-15 . instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. On the Hatchback model the light will go off after the doors are closed. O (Door): The light comes on while a door is opened. The light will also turn off when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. After all of the doors are closed.

Your vehicle may have map lamps. When not press the button next to it. One accessory power outlet is located on the front of the center console below the front ashtray. there may be another outlet in the rear luggage Uplevel shown. For wagon models. 3-16 .Map Lamps Inadvertent Power Battery Saver This feature is designed to protect your vehicle’s battery against drainage from the taillamps. the power to these features will automatically turn off after 5 seconds once the driver’s door is closed. To turn a lamp on. turn it off. When the ignition is turned off. Base similar compartment on the driver’s side. and parking lamps. remove the protective cap. instrument panel lights. The accessory power outlet is operational when the ignition is turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. always cover the outlet with the protective cap. To use the outlet. Press the button again to in use. license plate lamps. Accessory Power Outlet(s) Accessory power outlets can be used to connect auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone or CB radio.

Notice: Adding any electrical equipment to your Notice: If you put papers. Check with your dealer/retailer before adding The cigarette lighter is located to the right of the front electrical equipment. press information on the accessory power outlet. in the retaining spring and pull the bin out. open the ashtray fully. Damage from hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket overheating may occur to the lighter or heating from the plug because the power outlets are element. Do not use equipment your vehicle. is heating. or other flammable vehicle may damage it or keep other components items in the ashtray. it will pop back out by itself. push the cigarette lighter in all the way the proper installation instructions included with and let go. Never put flammable items in the exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes. see your dealer/retailer for additional vehicle to open it. Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not The front ashtray is located at the lower part of the plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum center of the instrument panel. hot cigarettes or other smoking from working as they should. be sure to follow or ON/RUN. Pull the ashtray toward the rear of the problem. the front ashtray for cleaning. ashtray. Do not the heating element when it is hot. pins. ashtray. To remove the rear ashtray. The repairs would not materials could ignite them and possibly damage be covered by your warranty. Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible lift up the inner bin and then pull the bin out. If you experience a center console. turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY When adding electrical equipment. To use it. the equipment. To remove the bin from amperage rating. When it is ready. Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is Notice: Improper use of the power outlet can cause heating will not allow the lighter to back away from damage not covered by your warranty. with the accessory power outlet and could result The rear ashtray is located at the bottom of the rear in blown vehicle or adapter fuses.Notice: Leaving electrical equipment on for Ashtray(s) and Cigarette Lighter extended periods will drain the battery. 3-17 . Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it designed for accessory power plugs only.

ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. To go forward more than one hour. press the H button once. the display is set to 8:00. the clock is located in the center of the instrument panel S (Set): To reset the time to the nearest hour. If you have a hatchback. press the above the air outlets. There are three adjusting buttons for between 8:00 and 8:29. reset the clock. When the ignition is turned to S button. press and hold the button until the correct hour is reached. panel below the air outlets. press the M button once. 3-18 .Clock M (Minute): To go forward one minute. If this the digital clock: button is pressed while the time is between 8:30 and 8:59. the time is displayed in For example. if this button is pressed while the time is the digital clock. the display is set to 9:00. To go forward more than one minute. press and hold the button until the correct minute the clock is located in the center of the instrument is reached. H (Hour): To go forward one hour. If you have a wagon. After disconnecting the battery or replacing the fuse. Your vehicle has a digital clock.

system on and off. Be sure to keep the area under the front seats clear to allow the flow of air to the rear compartment. the fan runs continuously does not operate when the fan control knob is turned with the ignition in ON/RUN. Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning air conditioning compressor to run.Climate Controls To change the current mode. When A/C is pressed. select one of the following from the middle knob: Climate Control System E (Vent): This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets. Temperature Control: Turn the right knob clockwise or counterclockwise to manually increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle. Turn the knob to the blue area to get cool air and to the red area to get warm air. the desired fan speed. ( (Bi-Level): This mode splits the air between the instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets. follow these steps to use the system. The heating. Uplevel shown. The fan must be on for the to OFF. 5 (Floor): This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets. and the rear outlets. The air conditioning compressor In any setting other than off. Base similar A/C (Air Conditioning): If your vehicle has air conditioning. 9 (Fan): Turn the left knob clockwise or Start the engine and set the fan control knob to counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. an indicator light in the button comes on to show that the air conditioning is activated. cooling and ventilation for your vehicle can be controlled with this system. instrument panel side outlets. 3-19 . Some of the air will also be directed to the windshield.

Select the vent mode. windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers. Using the recirculation mode for extended periods may 4. or moisture condensing on the cool window glass. When the button is pressed. The air conditioning system removes moisture from This can be minimized if the climate control system is the air. For quick cool down on hot days. cause your windows to fog. turn the recirculation mode off. This is normal. 3. the button comes on. There are two modes to clear fog or frost underneath the vehicle while idling or after turning off from the windshield. so a small amount of water might drip used properly. Press the A/C button. open the windows to let hot inside air ? (Recirculation): This mode keeps outside air escape. Select the highest fan speed. Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of the vehicle to become Defogging and Defrosting too dry. If this happens. Use the defog mode to clear the the engine. do the following: Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on. 1. It also helps the outside air and odors from entering the vehicle or to system to operate more efficiently. To prevent this from happening. It can be used to prevent it takes for the vehicle to cool down. Press the recirculation button. an indicator light in 2. This helps to reduce the time from coming into the vehicle. after the air in Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity the vehicle has cooled. select 5. Select the coolest temperature. 3-20 . then close them. Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly. help heat or cool the air inside the vehicle more quickly. the defrost mode. Press this button again to return to outside air mode.On hot days.

When this mode is selected. the system runs the Window and Outside Mirror Defogger” later in this air-conditioning compressor. press the button again or turn off the engine. instrument panel side outlets. 3-21 . < (Rear): Press this button located below the audio system. faster. can be used with defog and defrost. turn the temperature control knob clockwise to the warmest setting. To defrost the windows section for more information on this button. faster. turn the temperature control knob clockwise to the warmest setting. A small amount of air is also directed to the the button is pressed. This feature will only work when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. the system runs the The front heated windshield uses a heated element to air-conditioning compressor. To defog the windows remove fog or frost from the bottom of the windshield. See “Rear When this mode is selected. To manually turn off the heater.É (Defog): This mode directs most of the air to the Front Heated Windshield windshield and the floor outlets. A small amount of air is also directed to the outboard outlets for the side Your vehicle may have a heated front windshield which windows and to the instrument panel side outlets. An indicator light in the button comes 0 (Defrost): This mode directs most of the air to the on to show that the feature is activated. The front windshield and the outboard outlets for the side windshield heater will turn off about ten minutes after windows.

a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. Operation Tips The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window. Use the thumbwheel mirror defogger. 3-22 . Notice: Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window. snow or leaves from the air this feature. tape. • Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more The rear window defogger will turn off about 10 minutes effectively. block the flow of air into the vehicle. An indicator light in the adversely affect the performance of the system. To manually turn off the defogger. button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is activated. press the button again or turn off the engine. See “Front Heated Windshield” earlier in this section for more information on this button. This feature will only work when the located near the outlets to turn the airflow on or off. If you do. clear as much snow from the rear inlets at the base of the windshield that may window as possible. • Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors may < (Rear): Press this button. after the button is pressed. Do not attach a temporary vehicle license.Rear Window and Outside Mirror Outlet Adjustment Defogger Use the lever located in the center of each outlet to Your vehicle may have a rear window and outside change the direction of the airflow. you could cut or damage the warming grid. and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Before using • Clear away any ice.

2. use the following steps: 3. Remove the old passenger compartment air filter. Make sure that the new filter is inserted to the correct air flow. Remove the four screws from the filter cover located below the glove box. It is located on the passenger side under the glove box. 3-23 . The filter may need to be changed periodically. Remove the filter cover. Reverse the steps to install the new air filter. To change the passenger compartment air filter.Passenger Compartment Air Filter Your vehicle may have a passenger compartment air filter. 1. The filter traps most of the pollen from air entering the module. 4.

check the section that tells you wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause what to do about it. you should not be alarmed when this happens. If you are familiar with this section. Paying attention to Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. Some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working. Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. This section describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle. 3-24 . Gages. an expensive repair or replacement. and Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle’s functions.Warning Lights. or when one of the gages shows Warning lights and gages can signal that something is there may be a problem. the warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury. Follow this manual’s advice. Often gages Indicators and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving.

Base similar 3-25 . Your vehicle’s instrument panel cluster includes indicator warning lights and gages that are explained on the following pages. Uplevel shown. and many other things you will need to drive safely and economically. how much fuel you are using. You will know how fast you are going.Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running.

Speedometer and Odometer Tachometer The speedometer lets you see your vehicle’s speed The tachometer in both miles per hour (mph) and kilometers per displays your engine hour (km/h). Do not operate last set the trip odometer back to zero. To reset each trip odometer to zero. you can tell how many kilometers could be damaged. Trip Odometer The trip odometer can record the number of kilometers traveled for up to two trips. 3-26 . The odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in kilometers. You can cycle between the odometer and trip odometers A and B by pressing the reset button located Notice: If you operate the engine with the in the lower right area of the speedometer. The reset button resets only the trip odometer that is displayed. the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area. and the damages would not have been recorded on either Trip A or Trip B since you be covered by your warranty. your vehicle the reset button. By pressing tachometer in the shaded warning area. speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). Each trip odometer must be reset individually. press and hold the reset button.

a few seconds. The safety belt light will The system checks the airbag’s electrical system for come on when the engine malfunctions. The light should go out and the Safety Belt Reminder Tone system is ready. until the driver’s safety belt the airbag modules. For more information on the airbag system. a tone will sound for several seconds when the engine is started to remind people to fasten their safety belts. and it will flash for come on. The tone will not sound if the driver’s safety belt is already buckled. which shows the airbag symbol. the light will not vehicle. see Airbag System on page 1-51. 3-27 . the wiring and the crash sensing is buckled. The system check includes the airbag sensor. If your vehicle has this feature. This light will come on when you start your If the driver’s belt is already buckled.Safety Belt Reminders Airbag Readiness Light Safety Belt Reminder Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster. The light tells you if there is an electrical is started and stay on problem. and diagnostic module.

it means the airbag system as a system check. To help avoid injury to yourself or others. Your serviced right away. may not be working properly. right front passenger’s frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped). {CAUTION: When you start the vehicle. including The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds important safety information. after several more seconds. the passenger airbag status indicator will If the airbag readiness light stays on after you light for several seconds start your vehicle. it means readiness light stays on after you start your that the passenger sensing system has turned off the vehicle.If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the Passenger Airbag Status Indicator vehicle or comes on when you are driving. vehicle has a passenger airbag status indicator in the clock. if the off symbol is lit vehicle serviced right away if the airbag on the passenger airbag status indicator. have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem. The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash. Have your vehicle Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system. when the engine is started. your airbag system may not work properly. or they could even inflate without a crash. have your Then. If the light does not come on then. located in the center of the instrument panel. 3-28 . See Passenger Sensing System on page 1-59 for more on this.

even if the airbag is would be very close to the inflating airbag. passenger’s airbag inflates. no system is seat-mounted side impact airbag (if equipped). This is because We recommend that rear-facing child restraints the back of the rear-facing child restraint be secured in a rear seat. and no one can guarantee that an A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be airbag will not deploy under some unusual seriously injured or killed if the right front circumstance. fail-safe.{CAUTION: {CAUTION: If the on indicator comes on when you have a Even though the passenger sensing system is rear-facing child restraint installed in the right designed to turn off the right front passenger’s front passenger’s seat. 3-29 . it means that the frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact passenger sensing system has not turned airbag (if equipped) if the system detects a off the passenger’s frontal airbag and rear-facing child restraint. even though it is turned off. Do not use a rear-facing child restraint in the right front passenger’s seat if the airbag is turned on. or airbags are off.

If you must drive a short of the airbag(s). If it stays airbag system. If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on. 3-30 . because an problem with the electrical charging system. See Airbag Readiness Light distance with the light on. you may have a vehicle serviced promptly. briefly when the ignition is turned on. have the on. important safety information.If the off symbol is not lit on the passenger airbag status Charging System Light indicator. including accessories. it means that the right front passenger’s frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag This light will come on (if equipped) are enabled (may inflate). it means that something may be wrong with the It should go out when the engine is started. or comes on while you are driving. be certain to turn off all your on page 3-27 for more on this. {CAUTION: as a check to show you it is working. such as the radio and air conditioner to help reduce the drain on the battery. If this ever happens. Driving while this light is passenger’s seat may not have the protection on could drain your battery. Have it adult-size person sitting in the right front checked by your dealer/retailer. and the engine is not running.

Driving with the brake system warning light ready to warn you if on can lead to an accident. properly if the brake system warning light is If it does not come on then. the other part can floor. See Towing you need both parts working well. it means you have a brake problem. 3-31 . still work and stop you. If one part is not working. If the warning light comes on. For good braking. You may notice that the pedal is Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system is divided into harder to push. have the vehicle towed for service. though. there is a brake problem. the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake. If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released. on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully. It may take longer to stop. If the light is still there is a problem. If the light is still on. the pedal may go closer to the two parts. have it fixed so it will be on. When the ignition is on. Or. pull off the road and stop carefully.Brake System Warning Light If the light comes on while you are driving. The light will stay on if your parking brake does not fully release. have the vehicle towed for service. Your Vehicle on page 4-23. {CAUTION: This light should come on briefly when you turn the Your brake system may not be working ignition to ON/RUN. Have your brake system inspected right away.

stop as soon as possible and turn will be able to warn you if there is a problem. If the light stays on. happens. (ABS). you do not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes. have it fixed so it If the light comes on. If the regular brake system warning light is also on. or comes on again driving. the ignition off. Then it should go out after a few seconds. turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. If the warning light does not come on. the system may not be working. or comes on while you are the system. Then start the engine again to reset If the warning light stays on. See Brake System Warning Light on page 3-31. If it does not come on have your vehicle serviced. turn the ignition to ON/RUN as a check to show you it is working. 3-32 . If this while you are driving. See your dealer/retailer. If the light still stays on. see your dealer/retailer for service. you still have brakes. but you do not have antilock brakes. your vehicle needs service.Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Speed Sensitive Power Steering Warning Light (SSPS) Warning Light For vehicles with the If your vehicle has Speed Antilock Brake System Sensitive Power Steering. If the regular brake system warning light is not on. this light will this warning light will come on briefly when come on briefly when you the engine is started.

3-33 .Hold Mode Light Engine Coolant Temperature Gage If your vehicle has Your vehicle has an this feature. It means that your engine coolant has overheated. this light engine coolant temperature comes on when the gage. turned to ON/RUN. See “Hold Mode” under Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2-22 for more information. stop your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible. With the ignition hold mode is active. have your vehicle checked. If the HOLD mode light flashes. your engine is too hot. you should pull off the road. If the gage pointer moves into the red area. this gage shows the engine coolant temperature. If you have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions. See Engine Overheating on page 5-22.

The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is an OBD II problem and service is required. This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing This light will flash for about one minute and then stay any malfunction. This can prevent more serious See Tires on page 5-49 for more information. damage to your vehicle. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5-57 for more information. A computer system called OBD II (On-Board Diagnostics-Second Generation) monitors operation of the fuel. Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before If underinflated. helping to produce a cleaner environment. Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so. and emission control systems. any problem is apparent. 3-34 . This light will also come on when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated.Tire Pressure Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp This light comes on briefly Check Engine Light when you turn the ignition to ON/RUN. It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle. ignition. inflate to the proper pressure. on if a problem is detected with the Tire Pressure Monitor system.

the emission controls on and should go out after a few seconds as a check might not work as well. Modifications to these systems could malfunction has been detected on your vehicle. This could lead to costly repairs in one of two ways: that might not be covered by your warranty. have might not be as good. Diagnosis and service might be required. detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions transmission. and the engine might not it repaired. Diagnosis and service might be match your vehicle’s original tires can affect your required. your vehicle’s fuel economy to show it is working. this light comes light on. See Accessories and Modifications on page 5-4. exhaust.Notice: If you keep driving your vehicle with this When the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. • Light Flashing — A misfire condition has been Notice: Modifications made to the engine. vehicle’s emission controls and can cause this light • Light On Steady — An emission control system to come on. If the light does not come on. or fuel system of and could damage the emission control system on your vehicle or replacement tires that do not your vehicle. intake. This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection/Maintenance test. lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty. after a while. This light also comes on during a malfunction run as smoothly. 3-35 .

installed should turn the light off. or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. and see your dealer/retailer system dries out. Find a safe place to park your vehicle. wait at least 10 seconds and restart Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water? the engine. A loose see “If the Light Is On Steady” following. stop the vehicle. Light Is On Steady” following.If the Light Is Flashing If the Light Is On Steady The following can prevent more serious damage to You might be able to correct the emission system your vehicle: malfunction by considering the following: • Reduce vehicle speed. A few driving trips should turn the for service as soon as possible. see “If the If so. If the light is still flashing. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap If the light stops flashing and remains on steady. 3-36 . A few driving trips with the cap properly If the light continues to flash. has been left off or improperly installed. Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle? • Avoid hard accelerations. reinstall the fuel cap. If the light remains on steady. See Filling the Tank on page 5-8. Turn the key off. The condition is usually corrected when the electrical follow the previous steps. If so. making sure to fully install the cap. your vehicle’s electrical system might be wet. light off. when it is safe to do so. • Avoid steep uphill grades.

equipment on your vehicle. This can take several days of routine driving. one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off. This can happen problems that might have developed. if you have recently replaced the battery or if the battery has run down. This will be detected by Here are some things you need to know to help your the system and cause the light to turn on. (on-board diagnostic) system determines that critical your dealer/retailer can check the vehicle. Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check change the fuel brand you use. vehicle pass an inspection: If you experience one or more of these conditions. or stumbling on inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle acceleration — these conditions might go away once registration. your dealer/retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection. hesitation on acceleration. stalling when you put the vehicle into gear. Your emission control systems have not been completely dealer/retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnosed by the system. The vehicle would be diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical considered not ready for inspection.Have you recently changed brands of fuel? Emissions Inspection and If so. be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel. It will require at least engine light is on or not working properly. The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving. Maintenance Programs See Gasoline Octane on page 5-6. 3-37 . You might notice this as stalling after might begin programs to inspect the emission control start-up. the engine is warmed up. Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD If none of the above steps have made the light turn off. Failure to pass this misfiring. If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness. Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as Some state/provincial and local governments have or designed.

See Cruise Control on page 3-10 for more If the light comes on and stays on. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine. Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low. your engine can become so hot that it catches fire. 3-38 . it means that oil is not information. The light will go out when the cruise control is turned off.Oil Pressure Light Fog Lamp Light The fog lamp light will {CAUTION: come on when the fog lamps are in use. Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced. flowing through your engine properly. If it does not. You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem. engine as a check to be sure it works. Always follow the maintenance If your vehicle has cruise schedule in this manual for changing engine oil. this light comes on This light will come on whenever you set your briefly when you start your cruise control. The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off. control. If you do. See Fog Lamps on page 3-14 for more information. have your vehicle serviced. The repairs would not be covered Cruise Control Light by your warranty. You or others could be burned.

you will also hear a warning chime. See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on page 3-13 for more information. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer on page 3-8 for more information. This light turns on Trunk Ajar Light (Hatchback Only) whenever the Daytime Running Lamps are on. 3-39 . completely latched. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) If the key is in the ignition while the driver’s door is Indicator Light open. This light will come on when the trunk is not completely closed.Highbeam On Light Door Ajar Light This light comes on when This light will stay on until the high-beam headlamps all doors are closed and are in use.

5 liters) of fuel remaining in Here are four things that some owners ask about. the gas pump shuts off before the Tank on page 5-8. None of these show a problem with your fuel gage: To turn the light off. but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank’s capacity to fill the tank. add fuel to the fuel tank. the gage reads full. but you should get more soon. See Filling • At the service station. See Low Fuel Warning Light on The low fuel warning light comes on when there is page 3-40 for more information. about 2. Low Fuel Warning Light This light comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel.Fuel Gage • The indicator moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up. When the tank nears empty. 3-40 . the gage may have indicated the tank was half full. the low fuel warning light will come on. For example. • It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated. the tank. Your fuel gage tells you about how much fuel • The gage goes back to empty when you turn off the you have left when ignition. You still have a little fuel left.0 gallons (7. the ignition is turned to ON/RUN.

important to do it properly. Notice: Before adding any sound equipment to Giving extended attention to entertainment your vehicle. Your vehicle’s systems may interfere with some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while the operation of sound equipment that has been driving. and even damage driving. features. such as an audio system. radio. See Defensive Driving on page 4-2. when driving {CAUTION: conditions permit. Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle’s Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe engine. CD player. check federal rules drive — avoid engaging in extended searching covering mobile radio and telephone units. • Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations. 3-41 . mobile telephone.Audio System(s) While your vehicle is parked: • Familiarize yourself with all of its controls. access to audio stations and song listings. Always keep make sure that it can be added by checking with your eyes on the road and your mind on the your dealer/retailer. If sound equipment can be added. Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its • Familiarize yourself with its operation. or others can be injured or killed. added. you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel This system provides you with far greater controls if the vehicle has them. Here are them. and adjusting the speakers. setting the tone. it is very while driving. or other systems. tasks while driving can cause a crash and you CB radio. Also. or two-way radio. Then.

¦ ¥ SEEK: Press the SEEK arrows to seek radio stations. When the system is on. Press the up TUNE arrow to increase or the down TUNE arrow to decrease the radio frequencies. Press and release this knob again are in the selected band. ( ) TUNE: Press the TUNE arrows to select radio stations. The display shows the selection.Radio with CD (MP3/WMA) The previous volume setting is maintained whenever the radio is turned on. stop scanning. Playing the Radio Press the up SEEK arrow to seek the next radio station or O(Power/Volume): Press and release this knob to the down SEEK arrow to seek the previous radio station. Press this button again to or decrease the volume. The display shows the selection. SCAN/AST: Press this button to scan radio stations. press and release this knob to The radio scans stations only with a strong signal that mute the system. The radio goes to a station. Press and hold this knob for more than two seconds to turn the system off. to turn the sound back on. plays for a few seconds. The volume can be adjusted by using the volume knob. turn the system on. FM: Press this button to switch to an FM station. 3-42 . Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase then goes to the next station. Finding a Station AM: Press this button to switch to an AM station.

the region can be automatically stored. AST button for more than two seconds. the radio Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) switches to FM1 and the first preset station begins to play. Once the stations are stored.AST (Automatic Store) Order of Sound Function Six FM1 preset stations with the strongest reception in The order for displayed sound function is BASS. Treble. Press the AM or FM button to cancel (bass) displays. The preset button number one through six flashes on the display when the station has been set. press this button to set Setting Preset Stations the bass level selection. the treble. and Press this button until TRE (treble) displays. After making the 1. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons for more than two seconds. If a station is weak or has static. six AM1. Repeat the Steps 1 through 4 for each preset button. buttons. selection. Turn the radio on. 3. that preset station returns. FADE. 3-43 . Tune in the desired station. six FM2. Fade. Turn the Oknob to increase or to automatic store. EQ OFF. 5. The display shows the bass level. by performing the following steps: The display shows the treble level. decrease the bass. decrease AM1 or AM2. FM2. The display Balance. TRE. After making the selection. six AM2). FM-A displays while listening to the automatic SOUND (Bass/Treble): Press this button until BAS stored stations. Press the BAL. and VOL (Bass. selection. and Volume). Equalization Off. can be programmed on the six numbered Turn the Oknob to increase or to decrease the treble. When that numbered preset button is pressed. press this button to set the treble level 2. Up to 24 stations (six FM1. 4. shows AUTO SCANNING and then SCANNING flashes on the display. Press the AM or FM button to select FM1.

CLASSIC. press If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the this button to set the fade level. When a CD is in the player and the ignition is turned on. Insert a CD partway into the slot. Filecheck displays. the sound quality can be reduced settings designed for classic. TECHNO. pop. label side up. As the CD is loading. press the SOUND button until EQ OFF displays. and/or difficulty 3-44 . There can be an increase press the SOUND button to set the equalization setting. Turn the O knob to increase or to decrease. in skipping. player. As each new track starts to Turn the Oknob to increase or to decrease the fade play. between the front and the rear speakers. To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers. and the way the equalization setting displays. CDP displays. the quality voice and techno. are EQ OFF. until BAL (balance) displays. POP. rock. EQ OFF. When the ignition and radio are turned on. The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch (8 cm) single CDs with an adapter ring. After making the selection. The display shows the fade level. due to CD-R quality. press this button until FAD (fade) displays. JAZZ. press this button to set the balance level. The display shows the balance Playing a CD level. After making the selection. CD-R has been handled. it stays in the player. then press the SOUND button again to set the between the right and the left speakers. VOICE.Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade) To cancel an equalization setting. ROCK. The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing. Full-size CDs and the SOUND (Equalization): Press this button until EQ OFF smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner. press this button equalization setting. turn the Oknob until OFF SOUND (Balance/Fade): To adjust the balance displays. difficulty in finding tracks. jazz. Turn the Oknob until the desired of the music that has been recorded. When a CD is inserted. DANCE. the radio must be turned Setting the Equalization on before the CD starts playback. dance. Track and the track number displays. if it was the last selected audio source. the method of recording. (equalization) displays to select customized equalization If playing a CD-R. After making the selection. the CD starts playing where it The order for displayed customized equalization settings stopped.

Press this button again to CD is damaged. random play. Notice: If a label is added to a CD. The inactive CD remains inside the radio section. AM: Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD If an error displays. for future listening. order. broken. check 2 RPT (Repeat): Press this button to repeat the the bottom surface of the CD. the CD will not play properly. If a CD is recorded on a personal computer few seconds of each track on each loaded CD. see “CD Messages” later in this is playing. tracks in random. rather than sequential. and keep the forward or backward through the CD with each press of CD player and the loading slot free of foreign the up or down arrows. RDM displays. While using the displays. and a description label is needed. TUNE arrow to go to the next track. again. Press the down TUNE arrow to go to the CD player. To stop scanning press this button the recorded CD with a marking pen. If the surface of the CD is soiled.in loading and ejecting. try a known good CD. RPT displays. or scratched. The player continues moving any label. turn off repeat play. If these problems occur. or an ( ) TUNE (Previous/Next Track): Press the up attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs. 3-45 . The track number the CD player could be damaged. If the surface of the current track. liquids. materials. it could get caught in the 4 INT (Scan): Press this button to listen to the first CD player. and debris. load one CD at a time. such as cracked. use only CDs in good condition without start of the current track. or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time. try labeling the top of INTRO displays. Press this button again to turn off If there is no apparent damage. Do not add any label to a CD. The current track begins to play. see Care of Your CDs on page 3-63 for more 3 RDM (Random): Press this button to hear the information.

can eject when the ignition or the radio is turned off. contact your dealer/retailer. it could be for one of the following reasons: CD/AUX: Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio. CHECK CD: If this message displays and/or the CD comes out. wait about an hour EJECT: Press this button to eject a CD. See Using an MP3 (Radio with CD Player) on page 3-54 or Using an MP3 (Radio with Six-Disc Playing an MP3/WMA CD-R Disc Player) on page 3-58 later in this section. only way a CD can be ejected from the player. Press this button • The CD is dirty. The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening. The CD • The format of the CD might not be compatible. wet. PAUSE flashes on the display. • The air is very humid. the CD should play. This is the and try again. write it down and provide it to your dealer/retailer when reporting the problem. scratched.FM: Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD CD Messages is playing. For more the CD. • The label could be caught in the CD player. • You are driving on a very rough road. try a known good CD. The CD symbol displays when a normal. 3-46 . When the Press this button while a CD is playing to pause the road becomes smoother. information on how to play an MP3/WMA CD-R disc. If the radio displays an error message. CD is loaded. see “Using an MP3” in the index. CD. for any other reason. or upside down. it is capable • There could have been a problem while burning of playing an MP3/WMA CD-R disc. CDP displays when the CD player has • It is very hot. If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected. If you have a radio with a single CD (MP3). again to start playing the CD. the CD should play. If so. When the temperature returns to been selected. If the CD is not playing correctly.

Using the Auxiliary Input Jack To use a portable audio player. The auxiliary input jack also accepts cell phone If the auxiliary jack does not detect the presence of an connectors.5 mm (1/8 inch) cable to the radio’s front auxiliary input jack. etc. See Defensive Driving volume. connect a 3. Plug the cell phone connector into the output jack. Additional adjustments on a Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device portable device might be needed to get the desired while the vehicle is in PARK (P). counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player. MP3 player. Do not plug hear audio from the device over the vehicle speakers. playing audio from the connected portable audio player. laptop CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press this button once to play computer. the auxiliary mode does not display. 3-47 . An external audio device such as an iPod. Auxinput appears on the display. Once in this mode. on page 4-2 for more information on driver distraction. Press player. turn the portable audio auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the player on and press the radio CD/AUX button to faceplate. auxiliary input jack to hear a person speaking on a cell phone during conversation through the vehicle sound O(Power/Volume): Turn the Oknob clockwise or system. This is not an audio output. can be connected to the auxiliary input jack this button a second time for the system to begin for use as another source for audio listening. the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack. CD changer. AUX IN (Auxiliary Input): The radio system has an While a device is connected. or cassette tape a CD while a portable audio device is playing.

¦ ¥ SEEK: Press the SEEK arrows to seek radio stations. Press the up TUNE arrow to increase or the down TUNE arrow to decrease the radio frequencies. are in the selected band. 3-48 . Press and release this knob again The radio only scans stations with a strong signal that to turn the sound back on. Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase The radio goes to a station. SCAN/AST: Press this button to scan radio stations. The display shows the selection. FM: Press this button to switch to an FM station. Finding a Station AM: Press this button to switch to an AM station. press and release this knob to stop scanning. Press this button again to When the system is on. The display shows the selection. then goes to the next station. plays for a few seconds. Press and hold this knob for station. or decrease the volume.Radio with Six-Disc CD (MP3/WMA) The previous volume setting is maintained whenever the radio is turned on. The volume can be adjusted by using the volume knob. mute the system. more than two seconds to turn the system off. Playing the Radio Press the up SEEK arrow to seek the next radio station O(Power/Volume): Press and release this knob to or the down SEEK arrow to seek the previous radio turn the system on. ( ) TUNE: Press the TUNE arrows to select radio stations.

shows AUTO SCANNING and then SCANNING flashes on the display. FM-A displays while listening to the automatic (Bass/Midrange/Treble) stored stations. FM2. Press the AM or FM button to select FM1. until BAS (bass) displays. and Volume). Equalization Off. and six AM-A). for more than two seconds. 2. 5. AST button for more than one second. decrease the treble. the Setting the Tone radio switches to FM1 and the first preset station begins to play. or AM-A. Once the stations are stored. the station has been set. press this button Up to 36 stations (six FM1. BAL. Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons Turn the Oknob to increase or to decrease the treble. 1. Repeat the Steps 1 through 4 for each preset button. The channel number The display shows the treble level. the midrange level. and VOL (Bass. TRE. The display shows the bass level. AM2. press this button to select the treble level. button is pressed. Turn the Oknob to increase Setting Preset Stations or to decrease the bass. Fade. After making the (CH#1 through CH#6) flashes on the display when selection. The display shows the midrange level. AM1. When that numbered preset If a station is weak or has static. the region can be automatically stored. EQ OFF. 4. Press the AM or FM button to cancel SOUND (Bass/Midrange/Treble): Press this button automatic store.AST (Automatic Store) Order of Sound Function Six FM1 preset stations with the strongest reception in The order for displayed sound function is BASS. six AM2. Press this button until TRE (treble) displays. six FM2. can be programmed on the six numbered buttons. After making the selection. that preset station returns. Tune in the desired station. by performing the following steps: Press this button until MID (midrange) displays. The display Balance. After making the selection. 3-49 . six FM-A. 3. six AM1. Press the FAD. Turn the radio on. press this button to select FM-A. Turn the Oknob to increase or to decrease the midrange. Treble. to select the bass level.

The display shows the balance level. press Playing a CD(s) this button to select the balance level. This CD player holds up to six CDs. Press the LOAD button again to cancel loading To cancel an equalization setting. press the SOUND more CDs. JAZZ. The display 2. Wait for the shows the fade level. button until EQ OFF displays. Press the desired slot number. LOAD: Press this button to load CDs into the CD player. Press and hold the load button for two seconds. press this button CLASSIC. Turn the Oknob until the desired discs displays. Setting the EQ (Equalization) label side up. settings designed for classic. 2. the equalization setting. As each CD is displays. Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert press the SOUND button to select the equalization the discs. A message to Turn the Oknob to increase or to decrease the fade select a slot number from 1 through 6 displays. ROCK. then press the SOUND button again to select loading. press message to insert the disc. 3-50 . To insert multiple CDs. After making the selection. between the front and the rear speakers. and EQ OFF. The player pulls the CD in. POP. A beep sounds and a message to load multiple voice. After making the selection. Press and release the load button. increase or to decrease the balance. press this button until FAD (fade) displays. rock. The CD player takes up to six CDs. setting. between the right and the left speakers. 3.Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade) Order of Sound Function SOUND (Balance/Fade): To adjust the balance The order for displayed sound function is EQ OFF. CDP displays. pop. VOICE. jazz. After making the selection. Turn the Oknob to TECHNO. Insert the CD partway into the slot. DANCE. 1. Filecheck displays. dance. equalization setting displays. this button to select the fade level. and techno. Turn the Oknob until OFF As each CD is inserted. until BAL (balance) displays. 3. To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers. do the following: SOUND (Equalization): Press this button until EQ OFF (equalization) displays to select customized equalization 1. Load a CD.

If the surface of the CD is damaged. check off repeat play. order. and keep the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner. such as cracked. the quality If an error displays. the 3 RDM (Random): Press this button to hear the tracks CD does not play properly. Press this button again to turn loading and ejecting. Full-size CDs and the any label. use only CDs in good condition without single CDs with an adapter ring. the radio must be turned Notice: If a label is added to a CD. load one CD at a time. try a known good CD. it could get caught in the displays. While a CD is in the player and the ignition is turned on. the CD starts playing attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs. where it stopped. 3-51 . Press this button again to turn off random play. liquids. When the one CD is inserted into the slot at a time. if it was the last selected audio source. the sound quality can be reduced due to CD-R quality. the method of recording. CD player. RDM displays. the bottom surface of the CD. it stays in the player. is soiled. player. There can be an increase 2 RPT (Repeat): Press this button to repeat the current in skipping. RPT displays. rather than sequential. If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed. see “CD Messages” later in this of the music that has been recorded.Once playback begins. or scratched. If the surface of the CD in random. and/or difficulty in track. or an ignition and radio are turned on. difficulty in finding tracks. CD-R has been handled. If playing a CD-R. and the way the section. see Care of Your CDs on page 3-63 for more information. If these problems occur. try labeling the top of If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the the recorded CD with a marking pen. and debris. broken. While using the The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch (8 cm) CD player. the CD player could be damaged. the track and track number Do not add any label to a CD. If there is no apparent damage. CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials. or more than on before the current CD starts playback.

it is capable of playing an MP3/WMA CD-R disc. PAUSE flashes on the display. The CD symbol displays when a CD is again. displays. The inactive CD remains inside the radio see “Using an MP3” in the index. If your vehicle has a radio with a six-disc CD player. EJECT: Press this button to eject the CD. Press the down TUNE arrow to go to the start of the current track. 5 CDC − (Previous CDC): Press this button to go back Press this button while a CD is playing to pause the to the start of the previous CDC. To stop scanning press this button been selected.4 INT (Scan): Press this button to listen to the first CD/AUX: Press this button to play a CD while listening few seconds of each track on each loaded CD. for future listening. The player continues moving Playing an MP3/WMA CD-R Disc forward or backward through the CD with each press of the up or down arrows. FM: Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing. 3-52 . The track number when the ignition or the radio is turned off. The current track begins to play. AM: Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD For more information on how to play an MP3/WMA disc. The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening. CD. CDP displays when the CD player has INTRO displays. This is the only way ( ) TUNE (Previous/Next Track): Press the up a CD can be ejected from the player. Press this button again to start playing the CD. loaded. 6 CDC + (Next CDC): Press this button to go forward to the start of the next CDC. to the radio. The CD can eject TUNE arrow to go to the next track. Press and hold this button to eject all CDs. is playing.

connectors. An external audio device such as an iPod. 3-53 . cell phone during a conversation through the vehicle See “Using an MP3” later in this section. the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack. wet. laptop • You are driving on a very rough road. use as another source for audio listening. Plug the cell phone connector into the auxiliary input jack to hear a person speck on a • The format of the CD might not be compatible. When the temperature returns to faceplate. scratched. it could be for one of the following reasons: auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the • It is very hot. If so. for any other reason. try a known good CD. • The air is very humid. or XM™ receiver. the CD should play. • There could have been a problem while burning Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device the CD. write it down and provide it to your dealer/retailer when reporting the problem. See Defensive Driving • The label could be caught in the CD player. contact your dealer/retailer. If the radio displays an error message. on page 4-2 for more information on driver distraction. can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for • The CD is dirty. the CD should play. etc.CD Messages Using the Auxiliary Input Jack CHECK CD: If this message displays and/or the CD AUX IN (Auxiliary Input): The radio system has an comes out. MP3 player. while the vehicle is in PARK (P). road becomes smoother. sound system. If the CD is not playing correctly. This is not an audio output. wait about an hour The auxiliary input jack also accepts cell phone and try again. Do not plug normal. If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected. CD changer. or upside down. When the computer.

Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less. • Make sure to finalize the disc when burning an MP3/WMA disc. connect a 3. MP3/WMA CD-R Disc O(Power/Volume): Turn this knob clockwise or MP3 Format counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player. using multiple sessions. Additional adjustments on a portable If you burn your own MP3/WMA disc on a personal device might be needed to get the desired volume. • Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or variable bit rates. a CD while a portable audio device is playing. Auxinput displays. While a device is connected. other file extensions might not work.To use a portable audio player. artist name. • Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving. Song title. Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album. extension.m3u or. It is usually better to burn the disc all at once. computer: • Make sure the MP3/WMA files are recorded on a CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press this button once to play CD-R disc. the auxiliary mode does not display. If the auxiliary • Make sure each MP3/WMA file has a . Press this button a second time for the system to begin • Do not mix standard audio and MP3/WMA files on playing audio from the connected portable audio player. 3-54 . turn the portable audio (Radio with CD Player) player on and press the radio CD/AUX button to hear audio from the device over the vehicle speakers. one disc.wma jack does not detect the presence of an output jack.5 mm Using an MP3 (1/8 inch) cable to the radio’s front auxiliary input jack. and album are available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2. Once in this mode.

the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files. but folders to a minimum in order to keep down the no folders. To conserve space on the disc. eight folders in depth. and 999 files. the directory is • When all tracks from the root directory have played. and 999 files. located under the root folder. The system can support up to the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT. the player begins playing again at the first track of the If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file first folder or root directory. If a CD contains more than displays ROOT. The next and previous minimize the length of the file and folder names. All files contained directly under the playback continues from files. Long file names and folder names can use more disc memory space When a CD contains only compressed files. Empty Directory or Folder • After playing the last track from the last folder. numerical listing. but all items over the maximum are ignored.The player is able to read and play a maximum of No Folder 50 folders. though. the player lets you access and navigate up to the Order of Play maximum. keep the depth of the When a CD contains only compressed audio files. 3-55 . five sessions. displayed as ROOT. structure that contains only folders/subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them. folder function does not function on a CD that was An MP3/WMA CD that was recorded using no file folders recorded without folders or playlists. according to their root directory are accessed prior to any other directory. The empty folder does not display. five sessions. If the root directory. When displaying can also be played. directory has compressed audio files. the files are than necessary. the maximum of 50 folders. all files are located under the root folder. the radio folder during playback. complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular When the radio displays the name of the folder. Tracks are played in the following order: Root Directory • Playback begins from the first track under the root The root directory is treated as a folder.

broken. When a CD is in the player Notice: If a label is added to a CD. then is soiled. it stays in the player. the While the ignition is on.File System and Naming The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch (8 cm) single CDs with an adapter ring. try labeling the top of If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the the recorded CD with a marking pen. the track number. If the song smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner. if it was the last selected audio source. check the bottom surface of the CD. name is not present in the ID3 tag. If a CD is recorded on a personal computer the song name displays. and radio are turned on. or more than and the ignition is turned on. difficulty in finding tracks. If these problems occur. A CD plays only while the ignition If there is no apparent damage. and a description label is needed. Do not add any label to a CD. The player pulls it in. should begin playing. and then MP3 or WMA displays. the radio must be turned one CD is inserted into the slot at a time. use only CDs in good condition without 3-56 . label side up. and CD player. insert a CD partway into the CD does not play properly. the method of recording. There can be an increase are shortened. player. Full-size CDs and the The song name in the ID3 tag is displayed. or scratched. and/or difficulty in text and the extension of the filename does not display. the sound quality can be reduced MP3/WMA) instead. and the way the Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages CD-R has been handled. try a known good CD. is in the ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. If the surface of the CD is Playing an MP3/WMA damaged. If the surface of the CD slot. or an on before the CD starts playback. due to CD-R quality. While using the stopped. CD player. see Care of Your CDs on page 3-63 for more Filecheck. then the radio displays the file name without the extension (such as If playing a CD-R. it could get caught in the As each new track starts to play. the CD starts playing where it the CD player could be damaged. such as cracked. Parts of words on the last page of in skipping. The CD information. When the ignition attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs. the quality of the music that has been recorded. Loading. loading and ejecting.

( ) TUNE (Previous/Next Track): Press the up All of the CD functions work the same while playing an TUNE arrow to go to the next track. liquids. and debris. The song title or the TUNE arrows. in the current directory. The scroll mode can be changed to display additional text information related to the only when the SOUND button is pressed for longer current MP3/WMA song. and Artist. “ROOT” flashes If an error displays. information such as: Song Title. Press this button for longer than two seconds to change Press this button again to turn off repeat play. except for those listed here. display mode. INFO/DISP (Information/Display): Press this button The offset is scroll on. start of the current track.any label. Mode): Press the SEEK arrows to change the folder. ALL displays. 3-57 . A choice of additional than two seconds. see “CD Messages” later in this on the display for a short time. No Info (information) Press this button again to repeat the tracks in all of the displays. section. Album Title. See “Playing displays. The player continues moving SCROLL (MP3/WMA Mode Only): Press the SOUND forward or backward through the CD with each press of button for longer than two seconds. DIR displays. DIR (Directory): Press this button to repeat the tracks Bit rate might also display. load one CD at a time. If CD-R does not have any folder. The track number MP3/WMA. Press the down TUNE arrow to go to the a CD” earlier for more information. other available information of a song scrolls on/off. and keep the CD ¦ ¥ SEEK (Previous/Next Folder) (in MP3/WMA player and the loading slot free of foreign materials. When information is not available. directories.

five sessions. The empty folder MP3/WMA disc. but all items over the maximum is ignored. and 999 files. Empty Directory or Folder • Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving. recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2. the player advances to the next folder in the file structure • Make sure to finalize the disc when burning an that contains compressed audio files. Each folder file structure that contains only folders/subfolders and no or album should contain 18 songs or less. • Make sure each MP3/WMA file has a . If the root • Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or directory has compressed audio files. The system can support up to If you burn your own MP3/WMA disc on a personal eight folders in depth. Long file names (Radio with Six-Disc Player) and folder names might use more disc memory space than necessary. Song title. other file extensions might not work. better to burn the disc all at once. artist name.wma Root Directory extension. using multiple sessions. maximum of 50 folders. To conserve space on the disc. and 999 files. though. 3-58 . It is usually does not display. MP3/WMA CD-R Disc minimize the length of the file and folder names. compressed files directly beneath them. An MP3/WMA CD that was recorded using no file folders MP3 Format can also be played. If a CD contains more than the CD-R disc. the directory is variable bit rates. The root directory is treated as a folder. Organize songs by albums If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the using one folder for each album.m3u or. All files contained directly under the are available for display by the radio when root directory are accessed prior to any other directory.Using an MP3 The player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders. maximum. five sessions. • Do not mix standard audio and MP3/WMA files on the player lets you access and navigate up to the one disc. and album displayed as ROOT. keep the depth of the computer: folders to a minimum in order to keep down the difficulty and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder • Make sure the MP3/WMA files are recorded on a during playback.

label side up.No Folder File System and Naming When a CD contains only compressed files. it stays in the player. insert a CD partway into the Order of Play slot. 3-59 . The CD should begin playing. radio are turned on. As each new track starts to play. but are shortened. When the ignition and first folder or root directory. Parts of words on the last page of no folders. the CD starts playing where it stopped. When displaying MP3/WMA) instead. the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT. the files are The song name in the ID3 tag is displayed. the song name displays. Playing an MP3/WMA While the ignition is on. directory. according to their If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the numerical listing. When the radio displays the name of the folder. player. The player pulls it in. When a CD is in the player • After playing the last track from the last folder. all files are located under the root folder. playback continues from files. the radio displays ROOT. and • When all tracks from the root directory have played. if it was the last selected audio source. Loading. A CD plays only while the ignition • Playback begins from the first track under the root is in the ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The next and previous name is not present in the ID3 tag. Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages When a CD contains only compressed audio files. then the radio folder function does not function on a CD that was displays the file name without the extension (such as recorded without folders or playlists. then Tracks is played in the following order: Filecheck. text and the extension of the filename does not display. and then MP3 or WMA displays. the track number. If the song located under the root folder. the and the ignition is turned on. the radio must be turned player begins playing again at the first track of the on before the CD starts playback.

If the surface of the CD and other available information of the song scrolls on/off. check the bottom surface of the CD. Do not add any label to a CD. the button for longer than two seconds. use only CDs in good condition without 3-60 . broken. difficulty in finding tracks. one CD is inserted into the slot at a time.The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch (8 cm) single any label. If playing a CD-R. liquids. If the surface of the CD is SCROLL (MP3/WMA Mode Only): Press the SOUND damaged. the quality section. see “CD Messages” later in this due to CD-R quality. smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner. longer than two seconds. The scroll mode can be information. is soiled. try labeling the top of Press this button again to repeat the tracks in all of the the recorded CD with a marking pen. load one CD at a time. If a CD is recorded on a personal computer tracks in the current directory. and debris. of the music that has been recorded. changed only when the SOUND button is pressed for If there is no apparent damage. There can be an increase MP3/WMA. or more than Press this button again to turn off repeat play. and a description label is needed. the sound quality can be reduced If an error displays. or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs. the method of recording. ALL displays. or scratched. loading and ejecting. the CD player could be damaged. The song title CD will not play properly. While using the CD player. and keep the CD CDs with an adapter ring. directories. except for those listed here. DIR displays. and/or difficulty in a CD” earlier for more information. try a known good CD. see Care of Your CDs on page 3-63 for more The offset is scroll on. See “Playing in skipping. and the way the All of the CD functions work the same while playing an CD-R has been handled. Full-size CDs and the player and the loading slot free of foreign materials. Notice: If a label is added to a CD. it could get caught in the 1 DIR (Directory): Press this button to repeat the CD player. If these problems occur. such as cracked.

Album Title. 3-61 . and Artist. press and release this knob to mute the system. Press and release this knob again to turn the sound back on. “ROOT” flashes on the display for a short time. A choice of additional Front View of the Side View of the information such as: Song Title. No Info (information) be adjusted at the steering wheel. system on. When the system is on. Press the down TUNE arrow to go to the start of the current track. following: Press this button for longer than two seconds to change PWR (Power): Press and release this knob to turn the display mode. If CD-R does not have any folder. The player continues moving forward or backward through the CD with each press of the up or down arrows.¦ ¥ SEEK (Previous/Next Folder) (in MP3/WMA Audio Steering Wheel Controls Mode): Press the SEEK arrows to change the folder. They include the displays. INFO/DISP (Information/Display): Press this button to display additional text information related to the current MP3/WMA song. Press and hold this knob for more than two seconds to turn the system off. some audio controls can When information is not available. ( ) TUNE (Previous/Next Track): Press the up TUNE arrow to go to the next track. Steering Wheel Controls Volume Control Bit rate might also display. The track number displays. If your vehicle has this feature.

during the day. If there is interference or static. unplug the item 0. Static can also occur when things like storms + VOLUME −: Press the toggle bar located below the and power lines interfere with radio reception. The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM. AM1. The longer range can cause station release this button multiple times to cycle through the frequencies to interfere with each other. FM stereo gives the best sound.5 seconds Radio Reception to go to the next preset station. press and release this button within outlet.SEEK: Press and release this button within 0. electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power When playing a CD. When this + VOLUME − to adjust the volume. Press the right side of the toggle bar. For better radio audio playback options that are available on your reception. FM2. below the + (plus) sign to increase the volume.5 seconds to fast forward through the tracks. and external with a strong signal that are in the selected band. AM MODE: Press and release this button to select FM1. or CD (MP3). try reducing the treble on your radio. causing the sound to fade in and out. vehicle convenience accessories. the toggle bar. Frequency interference and static can occur during Press and hold this button for longer than 0. and then reduce these levels during the night. button for longer than 0. Press and especially at night. The radio seeks stations only chargers. most AM radio stations boost the power levels vehicle. Press and hold this from the accessory power outlet. AM-A.5 seconds to go to the next track. AM2. below FM Stereo the − (minus) sign to decrease the volume. Press the left side of happens. 3-62 . Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals.5 seconds to normal radio reception if items such as cell phone go to the next radio station. FM-A. but FM signals reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km).

For proper radio reception. try pointing the device with water. lubricants. If the surface of a CD is to be properly attached to the post on the glass. and clean it. warranty. lint free cloth or dampen a clean. It is a very or other protective cases and away from direct thin metal layer that outlines near the edges of the sunlight and dust. Pick up CDs by clear the inside windshield may damage the grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and antenna.Care of Your CDs Integrated Windshield Antenna Handle CDs carefully. soiled. the CD does the antenna connector at the top of the windshield needs not play properly or not at all. The connector is at the top of the windshield. If the inside surface is damaged. surface of the disc. 3-63 . such as cracked. it could the lens of the CD optics can become contaminated by interfere with radio reception. Do not clear the inside windshield with sharp objects. where the headliner ends. If difficulty with remote transmitters is experienced. Care of the CD Player Make sure the inside surface of the windshield is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not Do not use CD lens cleaners for CD players because damaged. If the surface of a CD is damaged. Store them in their original cases The antenna is located in the windshield. starts from the center to the edge. Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it. or scratched. soft cloth in a mild. broken. The CD player scans the bottom windshield. neutral detergent solution mixed such as a garage door opener. Make sure the wiping process through the very top of the windshield. take a soft. Notice: Using a razor blade or sharp object to this could damage the surface. Repairs would not be covered by your the outer edge.

✍ NOTES 3-64 .

............4-3 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand............................... and Your Vehicle ..............................................................................................................................4-5 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out ................4-8 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...............4-17 Braking in Emergencies ............... Mud..................................................4-23 Passing ...................4-2 Hill and Mountain Roads ....4-25 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads ......... Antilock Brake System (ABS) .................4-2 Before Leaving on a Long Trip ............4-2 Highway Hypnosis .......................................4-10 4-1 ........................................................... Section 4 Driving Your Vehicle Your Driving..................4-12 Drunk Driving .............................................................4-3 Winter Driving ................4-18 Off-Road Recovery .......4-8 Towing ....4-6 Loading Your Vehicle ..........................4-23 Loss of Control ...........................................4-11 Defensive Driving .....................................4-12 Control of a Vehicle .................................................4-10 Towing a Trailer .........................4-23 Driving at Night ...........................................4-4 Ice..........................................................................................4-13 Braking ... the Road.................................... or Snow ............4-18 Steering .............4-8 Towing Your Vehicle .........................

drinking and driving. more than 17. vision. In recent years. muscular coordination. Ride home in a cab. and other drivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. You can have a serious — or even fatal — collision if you drive after drinking. Driver distraction can cause collisions Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor resulting in injury or possible death. In most cases. amount of alcohol. attentiveness. attentiveness. the Road. bicyclists. In addition: a global tragedy. designate a driver who will not drink.000 people injured. • Allow enough following distance between Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a you and the driver in front of you. Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver {CAUTION: who has been drinking. with about 250. and Drunk Driving Your Vehicle {CAUTION: Defensive Driving Drinking and then driving is very dangerous.” The first step in driving defensively is to judgment can be affected by even a small wear your safety belt — See Safety Belts: They Are for Everyone on page 1-10. vehicle: judgment. Defensive driving means “always expect the Your reflexes. Anticipate what Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is they might do and be ready. 4-2 . and unexpected.000 annual motor vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol. perceptions. or if you are with a group. Assume that other road users (pedestrians. and • Focus on the task of driving.Your Driving. simple defensive driving techniques could these deaths are the result of someone who was save your life. These vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol.

That could be a lot of distance in an Control of a Vehicle emergency. of course. more of those control systems than the tires and road can dry. the weight of the vehicle. a vehicle moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m). So do alcohol. or icy. you have to decide to push on the brake safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and pedal. you can lose control of your vehicle. But even in three-fourths of a person had not been drinking. physical condition. it is easy to ask or gravel. That is perception time. especially second. it is against the law in every Braking U. provide.For persons under 21. your vehicle’s performance. This means with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or that when anyone who has been drinking — driver more with another. and eyesight all play a part. these laws. Then you have to bring then drive. Braking action involves perception time and reaction The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway time. Meaning. It might be less injuries to the brain. the condition of the brakes. actual stopping distances vary greatly while driving — brakes. 4-3 . that person’s chance of coordination. or passenger — is in a crash. steering. second. First. The following three systems help to control your vehicle And. up your foot and do it. the condition of the road. being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the drugs. state to drink alcohol. so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important. Medical research shows that alcohol in a person’s Average reaction time is about three-fourths of a system can make crash injuries worse. But that is only an average. with the surface of the road.S. and developmental reasons for See Brake System Warning Light on page 3-31. See Accessories and Modifications on page 5-4. Age. as when driving on snow or ice. spinal cord. psychological. tire tread. or heart. That is reaction time. alertness. There are good medical. whether it is pavement At times. whether it is wet. and frustration. and the amount of brake Adding non-dealer/non-retailer accessories can affect force applied. and accelerator.

If your vehicle’s engine ever stops while you are driving. an advanced electronic braking system that will cool between hard stops. See Accessories and A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling. The brakes might not have time to (ABS). power assist is used up. brake normally but do not pump the brakes. If you do. 4-4 . Some people drive Antilock Brake System (ABS) in spurts — heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking — rather than keeping pace with traffic. the pedal could get harder to push down. distances. Your vehicle might have the Antilock Brake System This is a mistake. That means better braking and longer instrument panel will come brake life. Here is what Adding non-dealer/non-retailer accessories can affect happens with ABS: your vehicle’s performance. it can take longer to stop and Suddenly.Avoid needless heavy braking. you will still have some power brake assist. You slam the brake pedal will be harder to push. the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel. If the engine stops. an animal jumps out in front of you. on briefly when you start your vehicle. The brakes will wear out help prevent a braking skid. on the brakes and continue braking. Modifications on page 5-4. much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking. But you will use it when you brake. If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following If your vehicle has ABS. Once the Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely. you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary this warning light on the braking.

or into traffic. feel the wheels sliding. into the enough room up ahead to stop. your first accordingly. 4-5 .ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any Braking in Emergencies driver could. down firmly and let antilock work for you. In many emergencies. If you hear or but this is normal. This can At some time. Always leave stopped rolling. have ABS. the computer keeps receiving updates If you have ABS. you will not have time to apply the brakes whatever direction it was headed when the wheels if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Your wheels get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease can stop rolling. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) on page 4-4. use a “squeeze” braking technique. brakes hard without locking the wheels. it is different. Just hold the brake pedal on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure. the vehicle cannot stopping distance. if you do not have ABS. As you brake. that requires hard braking. If you get too close to the vehicle respond to your steering. steering can help you more than even the very best braking. That could be off the road. This will give you maximum braking while Using ABS maintaining steering control. If you do not have ABS. reaction — to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it Remember: ABS does not change the time you need to down — might be the wrong thing to do. ease off the brake pedal. You can do this by pushing Do not pump the brakes. even though you very thing you were trying to avoid. However. you can steer and brake at the same on wheel speed and controls braking pressure time. The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions. You might feel In an emergency. Momentum will carry it in in front of you. This will help you retain steering control. nearly every driver gets into a situation help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard. If you do have ABS. Once they do. you will probably want to squeeze the a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise.

and your speed. While you are in a curve. Experienced driver or beginner. Under it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you less favorable conditions you will want to go slower. understand this. You can lose control. yet a firm. and make you lose control. solid feel at highway speeds. Unless you have If your vehicle has this optional steering system. Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve. A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on What should you do if this ever happens? Ease up on the news happen on curves. while the have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice. If you a curve. inertia If you need to reduce your speed as you approach will keep the vehicle going in the same direction. the brake or accelerator pedal.Steering The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface. It provides ease when parking. the posted speeds The traction of the tires against the road surface makes are based on good weather and road conditions. If there is no traction. you can steer but it will take much more effort. do it before you enter the curve. the angle Power Steering at which the curve is banked. steer the vehicle the way Here is why: you want it to go. Both control Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SSPS) systems — steering and braking — have to do their work where the tires meet the road. Then you suddenly apply the brakes. Those Steering Tips two control systems — steering and acceleration — can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed. you will front wheels are straight ahead. turn the front wheels. Of course. speed is the one factor you If you lose power steering assist because the engine can control. and slow down. each of us is subject to Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should the same laws of physics when driving on curves. 4-6 . adjust your speed. adding the hard braking can demand too steering system continuously adjusts the effort you feel much of those places. the antilock brakes. when steering at all vehicle speeds. The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate. stops or the system is not functioning.

these. Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking. If you are holding the steering wheel at That is the time for evasive action — steering around the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions. there is not room. See Accessories and Modifications on page 5-4. 4-7 . You can avoid these problems by braking — if you can stop in An emergency like this requires close attention and a time. For example. Maintain a reasonable. turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like either hand. or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you. you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane. avoided the object. you can the problem. to the left or right depending on the at all times and wear safety belts properly. But sometimes you cannot. not enough to lock the wheels. steer quickly.Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve. Then steer possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving around the problem. unless you have and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have antilock brakes. Adding non-dealer/non-retailer accessories can affect your vehicle’s performance. or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere. Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve. But you have to act fast. and then accelerate gently into the straightaway. First apply the brakes — but. space available. It is better to remove as much The fact that such emergency situations are always speed as you can from a possible collision. steady speed. quick decision. See Braking on page 4-3.

and acceleration — do not have enough friction steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has pavement. wait. you are driving. pavement markings. 4-8 . Loss of Control If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the Let us review what driving experts say about what pavement. • Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle. recovery should be fairly easy. Keep trying to pavement edge. Ease off the happens when the three control systems — brakes. If in doubt. if there is nothing in the way. Doing so can reduce your visibility. You can turn the steering wheel up to asked. less danger. Never cross a solid or double-solid line on your side of the lane. and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass. To reduce the risk of danger while passing. ease to the right. Then turn the steering wheel to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of go straight down the roadway. • Watch for traffic signs. we suggest the following tips: • Look down the road. do not give up. and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection. steering. accelerator and then. • When you are being passed. one-quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the In any emergency. • Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass. to the sides.Off-Road Recovery Passing You may find that your vehicle’s right wheels have Passing another vehicle on a two-lane road can be dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while dangerous.

you will have steering control. try your best to avoid sudden steering. the wheels are or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored not rolling. gravel. It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited. Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs. slippery until your vehicle is skidding. cornering force. the vehicle to go. In the steering or cornering skid. you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions. If you start steering quickly enough. too much surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again. or In a skid. too much remember: It helps avoid only the braking skid. ice. including reducing vehicle speed by shifting Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable to a lower gear. traction is reduced when water. For safety. then in a braking skid. You may not realize the surface is those conditions. release enough pressure handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal. snow. or other material is on the road. a driver can lose control of the vehicle. 4-9 . your vehicle may straighten out. This restores steering control. where the A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best wheels are no longer rolling. three control systems. And in the acceleration skid. In the braking skid. Push the brake pedal down If your vehicle starts to slide. do not have ABS. If you throttle causes the driving wheels to spin. Learn to The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s recognize warning clues — such as enough water. speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose If you have the Antilock Brake System (ABS). Any sudden changes could cause care suited to existing conditions. As long as the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want wheels are rolling. ice. and by not overdriving the tires to slide. But skids are always possible. ease your foot off the steadily when you have to stop suddenly. acceleration.Skidding While driving on a surface with reduced traction. Of course. braking.

pedal until the brakes work normally. pulling to one side. pull off the road. and be very cautious about trying to drive But. Do not ignore police warnings No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. If this • Keep your eyes moving. could drown. • When tired. Flowing or rushing water creates strong • Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle forces. through flowing water.Driving at Night Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and some drivers are likely to be impaired — by alcohol or affect your ability to stop and accelerate. slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid Night driving tips include: driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water. the vehicle. cause your vehicle to be carried away. • Drive defensively. 4-10 . you and other vehicle occupants or curves. as we get older. • Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside {CAUTION: rearview mirror. Driving through flowing water could clean — inside and out. • Do not drink and drive. especially during turns happens. or by fatigue. lightly apply the brake • Do not wear sunglasses. • Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps. They might not other vehicles because your headlamps can only work as well in a quick stop and could cause light up so much road ahead. You could lose control of • Watch for animals. with night vision problems. these differences increase. Always drive drugs. A 50-year-old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20-year-old. After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash. • Slow down and keep more space between you and Wet brakes can cause crashes.

4-11 . When your vehicle is hydroplaning. This can happen if the road is wet enough and Things to check on your own include: you are going fast enough. Water can build up under To prepare your vehicle for a long trip. • Weather and Maps: Safe to travel? • Pass with caution. water. • Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled. • Have good tires with proper tread depth. • Wiper Blades: In good shape? • Fuel. Have up-to-date maps? • Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape. it has little or no contact with the road. Engine Oil. consider having your vehicle’s tires so they actually ride on the it serviced by your dealer/retailer before departing. Other Fluids: All levels checked? Other Rainy Weather Tips • Lamps: Do they all work and are lenses clean? Besides slowing down. • Windshield Washer Fluid: Reservoir full? Windows clean — inside and outside? There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. other wet weather driving tips • Tires: Are treads good? Are tires inflated to include: recommended pressure? • Allow extra following distance.Hydroplaning Before Leaving on a Long Trip Hydroplaning is dangerous. See Tires on page 5-49. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet.

{CAUTION: If you do not shift down. shift to a lower gear. in these conditions include: Other driving tips include: • Keep your vehicle serviced and in good shape. tires. and transmission. the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well. find a than driving on flat or rolling terrain. You could crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. • Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often. • Keep the vehicle well ventilated. • Check all fluid levels and brakes. Tips for driving safe place to park your vehicle and rest. • Keep your eyes moving — scan the road ahead • Going down steep or long hills. system.Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different while driving. 4-12 . If you become tired or sleepy. and to the sides. cooling • Keep interior temperature cool. You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill.

accident). if you will be driving under severe conditions. a You would then have poor braking or even supply of windshield washer fluid. or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction. a small brush or broom. passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action. winding roads. • Top of hills: Be alert — something could be in your lane (stalled car. 4-13 . and a couple of reflective warning triangles. Include an ice scraper. to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well. a piece of old carpet. a red none going down a hill. include a small bag of sand. Winter Driving {CAUTION: Here are some tips for winter driving: • Have your vehicle in good shape for winter. Always have the engine running and your And. long grades. • Stay in your own lane. Do not swing wide or cut Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle. Drive at speeds Also see Tires on page 5-49. Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N) or with the • You might want to put winter emergency supplies ignition off is dangerous. vehicle in gear when you go downhill. a rag. cloth. some winter outer clothing. You could crash. that let you stay in your own lane. • Pay attention to special road signs (falling rocks area. a small shovel. The brakes will have in your trunk. a flashlight. across the center of the road.

let up on the brakes a little. 32°F (0°C). you can have a very slippery situation. But wet ice Most of the time. traction of all. begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement. those places where the tires meet the can be even more trouble because it can offer the least road probably have good traction. see Antilock Brake System (ABS) on page 4-4. Whether your vehicle has ABS or not. If you accelerate too fast. Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. and freezing rain begins to fall. Accelerate gently. Unless your vehicle has the Antilock Brake System (ABS). if there is snow or ice between the tires and freezing. You can get wet ice when it is about However. Whatever the condition — smooth ice.Driving on Snow or Ice What is the worst time for this? Wet ice. or loose snow — drive with caution. If you do have ABS. blowing. Try not to break the fragile traction. ABS improves your vehicle’s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road. too. you want to brake very gently. the road. very careful. Without ABS. and need to be can get there. or grip. packed. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews You have a lot less traction. if you feel your vehicle begin to slide. the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more. 4-14 . Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can.

behind buildings. make roads are clear. Try not to brake rags. you could be in a can still steer. Sometimes the surface of a curve • Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you. On an otherwise clear road. • Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that such as around clumps of trees. serious situation. If you see a patch of ice ahead body insulators from newspapers. some things to do to summon help and keep yourself • Watch for slippery spots. if you brake If You Are Caught in a Blizzard so hard that the wheels stop rolling. or under bridges. you will just slide. sudden steering maneuvers. brake before you are on it. • Turn on the hazard warning flashers. unless your vehicle has ABS. floor mats — anything you can wrap around while you are actually on the ice. The road might be fine and your passengers safe: until you hit a spot that is covered with ice. and avoid yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm. burlap bags.Remember. you have been stopped by the snow. 4-15 . or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding If you do not have blankets or extra clothing. of you. Here are greater following distance on any slippery road. ice patches can appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach. Brake so the wheels always keep rolling and you If you are stopped by heavy snow. allow help and you can hike through the snow. You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near • Whatever your vehicle’s braking system.

especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe. Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind. You can run the engine to keep warm. This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas to get inside. You cannot see it or smell it. 4-16 . CO could overcome you and kill you. but be careful. This will help keep CO out. {CAUTION: Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle. so you might not know it is in your vehicle. Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle. And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there.

see Tire Chains on page 5-67. you can get out speed. Then. The vehicle can overheat. For information about using tire chains on your vehicle. To help keep warm. causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. and you or others of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes. fuel. Ice. could be injured. or snow. with the headlamps. Mud. But do it as little as possible. make it go a little faster than just idle. and possibly for signaling later on Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4-18. push the accelerator slightly. or Snow This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free your the battery charged. That is. Preserve the fuel If you let your vehicle’s tires spin at high as long as you can.Run your engine only as long as you must. shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat. See to restart the vehicle. Start the engine again and {CAUTION: repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold. You will need a well-charged battery vehicle when stuck in sand. they can explode. This saves If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand. mud. ice. Let the heater run for a while. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph (55 km/h) as shown on the speedometer. 4-17 . When you run the engine.

see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4-23. spinning the wheels as your vehicle show how much weight it may properly little as possible.Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out Loading Your Vehicle First. If you do. and it can change the way your vehicle handles. 4-18 . turn the steering wheel left and right to clear It is very important to know how much weight your the area around the front wheels. Release the accelerator pedal while you shift. These could cause you to lose control and crash. the Certification label. Then shift back and vehicle can carry. between FIRST (1) or cargo. Two labels on SECOND (2) and REVERSE (R). and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries. you will cause a rocking {CAUTION: motion that could free your vehicle. the Tire and Loading Information label and until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. it might need to be Do not load your vehicle any heavier than towed out. wait carry. To prevent transmission wear. By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions. If your vehicle does need to be towed out. Also. Load weight and includes the weight of all occupants. and all nonfactory-installed options. parts on your vehicle can break. or with a manual transmission. the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle. or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This weight is called the Maximum forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear.

The Tire and Loading Information label for the wagon Label Example – 5 Door Hatchback is attached to the vehicle’s center pillar. This label also contains your vehicle’s original equipment tire size and the recommended tire inflation pressure. The Tire and Loading Information label is attached inside the glove box of the five door hatchback model.Tire Pressure on page 5-56. For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5-49 and Inflation .Tire and Loading Information Label Label Example – Wagon A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label shows the seating capacity and the maximum load your vehicle can properly carry. 4-19 . There is also important loading information on the Certification label. below the driver’s door latch. see “Certification Label” later in this section. It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle.

Locate the “Maximum Load” amount printed on the Tire and Loading Information label. if the “maximum load” amount equals 1400 lbs and Example 1 there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle. (68 kg) × 2 = C Available Occupant and 700 lbs (317 kg) Cargo Weight = 4-20 . Item Description Total A Vehicle Maximum Load 1. Determine the combined weight of luggage and for Example 1 = cargo being loaded on the vehicle.000 lbs (453 kg) 5. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from the maximum load amount. 4. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. That weight Subtract Occupant may not safely exceed the available cargo B Weight 150 lbs 300 lbs (136 kg) and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. For example. 2.Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1. the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). shown in pounds and kilograms. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.

Example 2 Example 3

Item Description Total Item Description Total
A Vehicle Maximum Load 1,000 lbs (453 kg) A Vehicle Maximum Load 1,000 lbs (453 kg)
for Example 2 = for Example 3 =
Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant
B Weight 150 lbs 750 lbs (340 kg) B Weight 200 lbs 1,000 lbs (453 kg)
(68 kg) × 5 = (91 kg) × 5 =
C Available Cargo Weight = 250 lbs (113 kg) C Available Cargo Weight = 0 lbs (0 kg)

Refer to your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information
label for specific information about your vehicle’s
maximum load weight and seating positions.
The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and
cargo should never exceed your vehicle’s maximum
load weight.

4-21

Certification Label And, if you do have a heavy load, you should spread it
out. See “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit”
earlier in this section.

{CAUTION:
Do not load your vehicle any heavier than
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR),
or either the maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). If you do,
parts on your vehicle can break, and it
Label Example can change the way your vehicle handles.
These could cause you to lose control
A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the and crash. Also, overloading can shorten
center pillar, near the driver’s door latch. This label tells the life of your vehicle.
you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle, called
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, Notice: Overloading your vehicle may cause
and cargo. Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, or damage. Repairs would not be covered by your
the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
front or rear axle.

4-22

If you put things inside your vehicle — like suitcases,
tools, packages, or anything else — they will go as fast
Towing
as the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash, they will keep going. Towing Your Vehicle
Consult your dealer/retailer or a professional towing
{CAUTION: service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed.
See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7-6.
If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle
Things you put inside your vehicle can
for recreational purposes (such as behind a motorhome),
strike and injure people in a sudden stop
see “Recreational Vehicle Towing” following.
or turn, or in a crash.
• Put things in the trunk of your vehicle.
In a trunk, put them as far forward as Recreational Vehicle Towing
you can. Try to spread the weight Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle
evenly. behind another vehicle, such as behind a motorhome.
• Never stack heavier things, like The two most common types of recreational vehicle
suitcases, inside the vehicle so that towing are known as “dinghy towing” (towing your vehicle
some of them are above the tops of with all four wheels on the ground) and “dolly towing”
the seats. (towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and
• Do not leave an unsecured child two wheels up on a device known as a “dolly”).
restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
• Do not leave a seat folded down
unless you need to.

4-23

With the proper preparation and equipment, many Dinghy Towing
vehicles can be towed in these ways. See “Dinghy
Towing” and “Dolly Towing,” following. Notice: If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels
Here are some important things to consider before you on the ground, the drivetrain components could
do recreational vehicle towing: be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by
your warranty. Do not tow your vehicle with all
• What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle? four wheels on the ground.
Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer’s
Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four
recommendations.
wheels on the ground. If your vehicle must be towed,
• How far will you tow? Some vehicles have you should use a dolly. See “Dolly Towing” that follows
restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. for more information.
• Do you have the proper towing equipment?
See your dealer/retailer or trailering professional for
additional advice and equipment recommendations.
• Is your vehicle ready to be towed? Just as you
would prepare your vehicle for a long trip, you
will want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to
be towed. See Before Leaving on a Long Trip
on page 4-11.

4-24

Dolly Towing 4. Set the parking brake and then remove the key.
Notice: Towing your vehicle from the rear with 5. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-ahead
the front wheels on the ground could cause position.
transmission damage. Do not tow the vehicle 6. Release the parking brake.
from the rear with the front wheels on the road.
Towing a Trailer
Do not use your vehicle to tow a trailer. The vehicle
is not designed or intended for such a use. Towing a
trailer can adversely affect handling, durability and
fuel economy.

Your vehicle can be towed using a dolly. To tow your
vehicle using a dolly, follow these steps:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
3. Put the vehicle in NEUTRAL (N).

4-25

✍ NOTES

4-26

Section 5 Service and Appearance Care
Service ............................................................5-4 Engine Coolant .............................................5-19
Accessories and Modifications ..........................5-4 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap ..................5-22
California Proposition 65 Warning .....................5-4 Engine Overheating .......................................5-22
California Perchlorate Materials Requirements .....5-5 Cooling System ............................................5-24
Doing Your Own Service Work .........................5-5 Power Steering Fluid .....................................5-29
Adding Equipment to the Outside of Windshield Washer Fluid ................................5-30
Your Vehicle ..............................................5-5 Brakes ........................................................5-31
Fuel ................................................................5-6 Battery ........................................................5-34
Gasoline Octane ............................................5-6 Jump Starting ...............................................5-35
Gasoline Specifications ....................................5-6 Headlamp Aiming ...........................................5-40
California Fuel ...............................................5-6 Bulb Replacement ..........................................5-40
Additives .......................................................5-6 Halogen Bulbs ..............................................5-40
Fuels in Foreign Countries ...............................5-7 Headlamps ..................................................5-41
Filling the Tank ..............................................5-8 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps ..............5-42
Filling a Portable Fuel Container .....................5-10 Turn Signal Lamps (Side) ..............................5-43
Checking Things Under the Hood ....................5-10 Sidemarker Lamps (Front) ..............................5-44
Hood Release ..............................................5-11 Sidemarker Lamps (Rear) ..............................5-44
Engine Compartment Overview .......................5-12 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL)
Engine Oil ...................................................5-13 (Hatchback) ..............................................5-45
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ................................5-16 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL)
Automatic Transmission Fluid .........................5-18 (Wagon) ...................................................5-45
Manual Transmission Fluid .............................5-18 Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Stoplamps
Hydraulic Clutch ...........................................5-18 (Hatchback) ..............................................5-46

5-1

Tire Pressure ......5-49 Leather ................................................... Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools ...............................5-47 Compact Spare Tire ........................................5-68 Chemical Paint Spotting .........5-53 Surfaces ......................................5-81 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................5-73 Taillamps...................... and Other Plastic Tire Terminology and Definitions ......................... Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Taillamps.............................5-85 Changing a Flat Tire .......5-66 Sheet Metal Damage ................................5-59 Washing Your Vehicle .....................5-82 Tire Inspection and Rotation .................................5-48 Interior Cleaning ....5-46 Spare Tire ....................................................................................5-79 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement ........................................5-57 Weatherstrips ... Stoplamps and Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Back-up Lamps (Wagon) ..................................5-81 Tire Pressure Monitor System ............5-78 License Plate Lamp ........5-64 Tires .........................5-70 5-2 ..................................................................................................... Vinyl..........5-81 Inflation ..5-47 Appearance Care ..............................................5-78 (Hatchback) ............5-84 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ..................................................................................................5-84 Wheel Replacement ...............................................5-64 Aluminum Wheels ................................................................................................5-85 Tire Chains ..................................5-62 Finish Care ....5-86 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools ......................................................... Turn Signal.....................................................5-67 Underbody Maintenance .....5-62 Windshield and Wiper Blades ...5-48 Fabric/Carpet ...........................5-79 Replacement Bulbs ...............................5-60 Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses .....5-85 If a Tire Goes Flat .5-82 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation .............................5-82 When It Is Time for New Tires .....5-80 Tires ................................................................5-66 Finish Damage ...................................................5-50 Instrument Panel.....5-83 Different Size Tires and Wheels ...................5-56 Care of Safety Belts ...............5-84 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ..................................5-69 Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials .......................5-82 Buying New Tires ...............................................................

........................5-88 Capacities and Specifications .............................5-88 Engine Drive Belt Routing ..5-94 Headlamp Wiring ......................................................................5-87 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ................ Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Vehicle Identification .5-87 Power Windows and Other Power Options .5-88 Engine Compartment Fuse Block .................................5-87 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ............5-96 5-3 ........................................................5-91 Add-On Electrical Equipment ........................5-88 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...........................5-88 Maintenance Replacement Parts .............................5-89 Electrical System .............5-89 Service Parts Identification Label ..........................5-95 Windshield Wiper Fuses .................

California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles. see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 1-64. traction control and stability control. Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: aerodynamics. braking. Engine exhaust. including such things as. including this one. durability. and some component wear by-products contain and/or emit these chemicals.Service Accessories and Modifications For service and parts needs. Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty. you will know that GM-trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories. airbags. many parts and systems (including some inside the vehicle). visit your dealer/retailer. When you go to your GM dealer/retailer and ask for GM Accessories. stability. ride and handling. and safety. contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle. emissions systems. When non-dealer/non-retailer accessories are added to You will receive genuine GM parts and GM-trained and your vehicle they can affect your vehicle’s performance supported service people. and electronic systems like antilock brakes. 5-4 . Also. Your GM dealer/retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories. many fluids.

ca. such as airbag see Service Publications Ordering Information on initiators. the proper replacement parts. {CAUTION: Adding Equipment to the Outside You can be injured and your vehicle could be of Your Vehicle damaged if you try to do service work on a Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can vehicle without knowing enough about it. maintenance task. English and metric fasteners can be easily confused. See Part E: Maintenance Record on page 6-28. To order the proper service manual. affect the airflow around it. see Servicing Your see www. may contain perchlorate materials. Certain types of automotive applications. For additional information. seat belt pretensioners. Special handling Your vehicle has an airbag system. • Be sure to use the proper nuts. to do your own service work.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This can cause wind • Be sure you have sufficient knowledge.California Perchlorate Materials If you want to do some of your own service work. Before attempting may be necessary. you will want to use the proper service manual. and lithium batteries page 7-15. Check with your dealer/retailer and tools before you attempt any vehicle before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 1-64. You could be hurt. If you use the wrong fasteners. and other fasteners. It tells Requirements you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can. parts can later break or fall off. You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list Doing Your Own Service Work the mileage and the date of any service work you perform. washer performance. noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield experience. 5-5 . contained in remote keyless entry transmitters.dtsc. bolts.

repairs soon as possible. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp you might notice an audible knocking noise when you on page 3-34. See the underhood performance. In most CAN/CGSB-3. contain an octane-enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).5 or 3. Additives To provide cleaner air. If this dealer/retailer for diagnosis. your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications. To help Standards.Fuel California Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions the proper maintenance of your vehicle. you should not have to add anything to the fuel. in states adopting California emissions standards. If it is determined that occurs. return to your authorized drive. we recommend the use of gasoline emission control label. See Additives on page 5-6 for additional information. 5-6 .511 in Canada. If this occurs. If the octane rating is less than 87. allowing specification D 4814 in the United States or the emission control system to work properly. 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking. it is designed to operate on fuels that keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle meet California specifications. a smog-check test. If this fuel is not available advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline. gasoline should meet ASTM engine and fuel system deposits from forming. If you are using gasoline rated at might not be covered by your warranty. commonly referred to as spark knock. We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT. The malfunction Use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane indicator lamp could turn on and your vehicle might fail rating of 87 or higher. Some gasolines cases. all gasolines in the United States Gasoline Specifications are now required to contain additives that help prevent At a minimum. use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as the condition is caused by the type of fuel used. but emission control system Gasoline Octane performance might be affected. the engine needs service.

However. contact a major oil company that does business in the That damage would not be covered under your country where you will be driving. warranty. some gasolines contain only the minimum Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low amount of additive required to meet U. deposit-related problems.S. 5-7 . your dealer/retailer has reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance additives that will help correct and prevent most of the emission control system could be affected. Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not Notice: Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that be covered by your warranty. whether the fuel contains MMT. the proper fuel might be hard not be used in vehicles that were not designed for to find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel those fuels. E85 (85% ethanol) and If you plan on driving in another country outside the other fuels containing more than 10% ethanol must United States or Canada. Gasolines containing oxygenates. not recommended in the previous text on fuel. We recommend that you use these Fuels in Foreign Countries gasolines. return to your dealer/retailer for service. We recommend against look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER the use of such gasolines. or system and also damage plastic and rubber parts. Fuels containing MMT can Detergent Gasoline. If this occurs. However. To help keep fuel called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl injectors and intake valves clean. if they comply with the specifications described earlier. ask the attendant where you buy gasoline experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves. contains methanol. Also. Do not use fuel containing methanol. Environmental emissions can contain an octane-enhancing additive Protection Agency regulations. or if your vehicle (MMT). It can corrode metal parts in the fuel To check the fuel availability. ask an auto club. such as ethers and ethanol. and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area. The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on.

To help avoid injuries to you and others. never let children pump fuel. Keep children away from the vehicle. The tethered fuel cap Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when is located behind a refueling your vehicle. Do not use cellular phones. the fuel pump. 5-8 . Turn off your engine when you are refueling. Do not re-enter the vehicle passenger’s side of while pumping fuel. Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle. This is against the law hinged fuel door on the in some places.Filling the Tank To open the fuel filler door. Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries. flames. and smoking materials away from fuel. read and follow all the instructions on the pump island. pull up on the release lever located on the floor on the outboard side of the {CAUTION: driver’s seat. Keep sparks.

if the (clockwise) until it clicks. This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full. If you spill fuel and then {CAUTION: something ignites it. Clean fuel for you. you could be badly burned. If a fire starts while you are refueling. Your dealer/retailer can get one pumping before removing the nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop. Make sure the cap is fully cap is released too soon. turn it slowly to the left When replacing the fuel cap. station attendant. Open the fuel remove the nozzle. do not and is more likely in hot weather.To remove the fuel cap. This may cause your malfunction indicator See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5-82. be sure to get tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished the right type. properly. Be careful not to spill fuel. The fuel cap has a spring in it. it may not fit from painted surfaces as soon as possible. 5-9 . Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed. Leave the area immediately. This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. Do not top off or overfill the Notice: If you need a new fuel cap. {CAUTION: See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3-34. turn it to the right (counterclockwise). installed. it will spring back to the right. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3-34. If you get the wrong type. shutting off the pump or by notifying the Then unscrew the cap all the way. lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system.

the nozzle. Keep hands. • Dispense fuel only into approved containers. clothing. 5-10 . and plastic or rubber. You or • Do not smoke while pumping fuel. Be careful not to drop • Do not use a cellular phone while or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine. Contact should be maintained oil. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. pumping fuel. others could be burned. {CAUTION: or on any surface other than the ground. An electric fan under the hood can start up You can be badly burned and your vehicle and injure you even when the engine is not damaged if this occurs. To help avoid injury running. windshield washer and until the filling is complete. • Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the Things that burn can get on hot engine parts inside of the fill opening before operating and start a fire. and tools away to you and others: from any underhood electric fan. pickup bed. coolant. other fluids. These include liquids like fuel.Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood {CAUTION: Never fill a portable fuel container while it is {CAUTION: in your vehicle. in a vehicle’s trunk. brake fluid. • Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle.

Hood Release To open the hood. It is located on the lower left side of the instrument panel. Pull the hood release handle inside the vehicle. Lift the hood. 3. Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and return the prop to its retainer. do the following: 1. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop. Then go to the front of the vehicle and lift up the secondary hood release lever. be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Before closing the hood. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary. 4. release the hood prop from its retainer and place the hood prop into the slot in the hood. 2. Lower the hood 12 inches (30 cm) above the vehicle and release it to latch fully. 5-11 . The secondary hood release lever is located under the front center of the hood.

Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the engine. here is what you will see: 5-12 .

See “When to Add Engine Oil” If the engine oil pressure under Engine Oil on page 5-13. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. Battery.A. right away. You should check the engine oil level F. E. Engine Oil Fill Cap. D. G. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. Engine Coolant Surge Tank. The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop. Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick. In order to get an accurate reading. 5-13 . Remove it again. It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you H. Engine Compartment Fuse Block. check C. If you do not do this. See “Adding get fuel. the oil dipstick might not show the actual level. See Engine Checking Engine Oil Compartment Fuse Block on page 5-91. on page 5-30. Brake Fluid/Hydraulic Clutch Fluid Reservoir. Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan. light appears on the instrument cluster. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Brake Fluid” under Brakes on page 5-31 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5-18. B. this is an added reminder. then push it back in all the way. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter. See Power Steering For more information. See “Checking Engine Oil” the engine oil level under Engine Oil on page 5-13. See Engine Air Engine Oil Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16. See Battery on page 5-34. See Cooling System on regularly. page 5-24. page 3-38. keeping the tip down and check the level. 1. Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth. 2. See I. see Oil Pressure Light on Fluid on page 5-29. the oil Washer Fluid” under Windshield Washer Fluid must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.

For engine oil crankcase capacity. SAE 5W-30 is best for your vehicle.When to Add Engine Oil What Kind of Engine Oil to Use If the oil is below the lower hole at the tip of the dipstick (B). add at least one quart/liter of the recommended oil. Look for and use only an oil dipstick. are through. between the holes on the Standard GM6094M. • SAE 5W-30 As shown in the viscosity chart. see Capacities and Specifications on page 5-94. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for Look for three things: the location of the engine oil fill cap. This section explains what kind of oil to use. If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper hole (A) that shows the proper operating range. the engine could be damaged. Push the dipstick all the way back in when you that meets GM Standard GM6094M. 5-14 . • GM6094M Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in Your vehicle’s engine requires oil meeting GM the proper operating range. Notice: Do not add too much oil.

The recommended oils has been certified by the with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard American Petroleum GM6094M are all you need for good performance and Institute (API). Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at Oils meeting these extremely low temperatures. GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines • You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top starburst symbol. engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil If any one of these is true for you. requirements should have the starburst symbol on Engine Oil Additives the container. and use • Most trips are less than 5 miles (8 km). or thickness. Do not use other viscosity temperature falls below −20°F (−29°C). or other commercial application. oil can result in engine damage not covered by • The vehicle is used for delivery service. where the viscosity. • Most trips include extensive idling. use the short trip/city maintenance schedule: Look for this information on the oil container. Failure to use the recommended of your vehicle. the front of the oil container. This is only those oils that are identified as meeting GM particularly important when outside temperatures Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on are below freezing. it is oils such as SAE 20W-50. This symbol indicates that the oil Do not add anything to the oil. such as frequent Notice: Use only engine oil identified as meeting driving in stop-and-go traffic. your warranty. taxi. 5-15 . These numbers on an oil container show its If you are in an area of extreme cold. recommended that you use either an SAE 5W-30 • American Petroleum Institute (API) starburst symbol synthetic oil or an SAE 0W-30 oil. police.

whichever occurs first. or into streams or bodies of water. filter before disposal. Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be inspect the filter at each engine oil change. If the filter remains caked with dirt. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water. whichever occurs first.000 miles The engine air cleaner/filter is located in the engine (5 000 km) or 3 months. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine When to Inspect the Engine Air under highway conditions will cause engine oil to break Cleaner/Filter down slower. If any one of these is true for your vehicle. Instead. If you are driving in dusty/dirty conditions. 7. recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. ask your dealer/retailer. or a local recycling center for help.000 miles (50 000 km). compartment on the passenger’s side of the vehicle. If none of them is true. into sewers. Change the oil and filter every for more information on location. Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Inspect the engine air cleaner/filter every 15. or a good How to Inspect the Engine Air hand cleaner.500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months. use the long trip/highway See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 maintenance schedule. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or Cleaner/Filter rags containing used engine oil. change the oil and filter every 3. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash. If you loose dust and dirt.Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to Engine Air Cleaner/Filter break down sooner. from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release Used oil can be a threat to the environment. pouring it on the ground. unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer.000 miles What to Do with Used Oil (25 000 km) and replace it every 30. 5-16 . be sure to drain all the oil from the a new filter is required. See the manufacturer’s To inspect the engine air cleaner/filter remove the filter warnings about the use and disposal of oil products. If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil. change your own oil. a service station.

Do not drive with it off. If it is not there and the engine backfires. The air cleaner not only cleans the air. 4. And. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when 2. 3. See Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services on page 6-4 for replacement intervals. do the following: {CAUTION: Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is off. and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner/filter off. you could be burned. dirt can 1. you are driving. a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire. it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. easily get into your engine. 5-17 . Remove the four screws that hold the cover on. Put the cover back on tightly and tighten the screws. Lift off the cover. which will damage it.To inspect or replace the filter.

See Brakes on page 5-31 service department and have it repaired as soon as for more information. 5-18 . Notice: Use of automatic transmission fluid labeled It is not necessary to regularly check the fluid unless other than ESSO LT71141 or TOTAL ATF H50235 you suspect there is a leak in the system. A transmission fluid leak is the only reason master cylinder reservoir and for the proper fluid. for fluid loss. with hydraulic fluid. possible. There is one reservoir for both the brake and the If a leak occurs. The master cylinder reservoir is filled your oil changed. not be covered by your warranty. When to Check and What to Use Manual Transmission Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine It is not necessary to check the manual transmission how often you should check the fluid level in your fluid level. You may also have your on page 6-26. Have the system inspected and repaired. Always use ESSO LT71141 or TOTAL ATF H50235 labeled A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem. You may also have your fluid level checked by The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is your dealer/retailer or service center when you have self-adjusting. fluid level checked by your dealer/retailer when you have your oil changed. Adding fluid may damage your vehicle. See Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-26 for the proper fluid to use.Automatic Transmission Fluid Hydraulic Clutch It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. automatic transmission fluid. take the vehicle to See Part B: Owner Checks and Services on page 6-19 the dealer/retailer service department and have it and Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants repaired as soon as possible. and the damages may will not correct a leak. If a leak occurs. take the vehicle to the dealer/retailer hydraulic clutch fluid.

See Engine Compartment Overview require changing sooner. drinkable water and DEX-COOL® coolant will: • Give freezing protection down to −34°F (−37°C). they should. The reservoir is located near cause premature engine. This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150.000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months. If the fluid does not reach the MIN (B) mark. at the first maintenance on page 5-12 for more information on location. Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty. the engine coolant may of the vehicle. whichever occurs first. service after each 30. if you add only DEX-COOL® extended life coolant. To check the fluid level. Always use DEX-COOL® (silicate-free) coolant in your vehicle. suspect a clutch problem.How to Check and Add Fluid Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL® engine coolant. In addition. If the fluid reaches the • Let the warning lights and gages work as MAX (A) mark on the reservoir. You do not need to check the fluid level unless you • Help keep the proper engine temperature. look on the side of the reservoir. see Engine Overheating on page 5-22. • Protect against rust and corrosion.000 miles (240 000 km). the fluid level is correct. The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low. A 50/50 mixture of clean. heater core. then Notice: Using coolant other than DEX-COOL® may fluid needs to be added. or radiator the back of the engine compartment on the driver’s side corrosion. • Give boiling protection up to 265°F (129°C). If you have a problem with engine overheating. whichever occurs first. 5-19 .

vehicle. 5-20 . Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system. drinkable water and one-half DEX-COOL® coolant which will not damage Notice: If you use extra inhibitors and/or additives in aluminum parts. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture. Checking Coolant Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous. The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty. With plain water or the wrong mixture. radiator. See Part D: Recommended Fluids and {CAUTION: Lubricants on page 6-26 for more information. Notice: If you use an improper coolant mixture. If you use this coolant mixture. The engine coolant surge tank is located in the rear of Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine compartment on the driver’s side of the the engine. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for more information on location. Plain water. or some other liquid such as alcohol. can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. Use a mixture of one-half clean. heater core. your engine could overheat and be badly damaged.What to Use If you have to add coolant more than four times a year. have your dealer/retailer check your cooling system. you could damage not need to add anything else. your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning. your vehicle. drinkable water and DEX-COOL® coolant. and other parts. Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. you do your vehicle’s cooling system.

but only when the engine is cool. Never turn the surge tank pressure cap — even a little — when the engine and radiator are hot. 5-21 . the vehicle must be on a You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot level surface.” badly. make sure it is hand-tight and fully seated. When your engine is cold. Adding Coolant {CAUTION: If you need more coolant. the coolant engine parts. If the coolant surge tank is Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the empty. When replacing the pressure cap. The level enough. level should be between the Maximum (A) and and it will burn if the engine parts are hot Minimum (B) marks on the coolant surge tank. rises at engine operation temperature and drops again when the engine cools down. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine. add the proper DEX-COOL® coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank. See Engine engine and radiator are hot can allow steam Overheating on page 5-22 for instructions on “How to and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank. Coolant contains ethylene glycol. {CAUTION: To check the engine coolant. a special fill procedure is necessary.

{CAUTION: The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank. Notice: If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant. and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool. your vehicle can be badly damaged. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured. Just turn it off and get Engine Overheating everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it. coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur. The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty. 5-22 . the liquids in it can catch fire. See Engine Steam from an overheated engine can burn Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for more you badly.Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine Notice: If the pressure cap is not tightly installed. You or others could be badly burned. vehicle’s instrument panel cluster. Wait until there is no sign of steam or You will find a coolant temperature gage on your coolant before you open the hood. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3-33. If you keep driving when your engine is overheated. Stop your engine if it overheats. information on location. even if you just open the hood.

• Climb a long hill on a hot day. In heavy traffic. you can drive If you get an engine overheat warning. If you still have the warning. let the engine idle in NEUTRAL (N) while stopped. hear no steam. If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam. If there is still no sign of steam. You may decide not to lift the hood. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary. pull off the road. drive slower for about 10 minutes. If the warning continues and you have not stopped. 2. Engine If the warning does not come back on.If No Steam Is Coming From Your If you no longer have the overheat warning. you can idle the engine • Stop after high-speed driving. and park your vehicle right away. turn off the engine and get everyone • Idle for long periods in traffic. the problem may not be too serious. pull Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you: over. you can drive. 5-23 . Just to be safe. shift to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) and let the engine idle. 1. If it is safe to do so. for three minutes while you are parked. but see or normally. out of the vehicle until it cools down. but to get service try this for a minute or so: help right away. stop.

Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap radiator. Keep hands. clothing. If it is not. you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses. water pump. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling. B.Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood. A. and tools away from any underhood electric fan. here is what {CAUTION: you will see: An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you. The coolant level should be between the Minimum and Maximum marks on the coolant surge tank when the engine is cool. heater hoses. Electric Engine Cooling Fan 5-24 . Make sure that the air conditioning is turned off. The vehicle should be parked on a level surface. do not do anything else until it cools down. or somewhere else in the cooling system.

check do it. drinkable water and proper coolant at the coolant surge vehicle. can be very hot. including the coolant surge tank pressure cap. your vehicle needs service. but be sure the cooling system. Do not touch them. If you If you have not found a problem yet. cause your engine to overheat and be severely If you do. the fan should be running. is cool before you If there seems to be no leak. If the engine is overheating. damaged. check to see if run the engine. Notice: Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty. See Engine Coolant on page 5-19 for more to see if the electric engine cooling fan is running. add a 50/50 mixture of clean. 5-25 . Do not run the engine if there is a leak. and other engine procedure. If coolant is visible could cause an engine fire. How to Add Coolant to the Coolant {CAUTION: Surge Tank Notice: This vehicle has a specific coolant fill Heater and radiator hoses. Failure to follow this procedure could parts. If it is not. tank. you can be burned. That coolant is visible in the surge tank. information. it could lose all coolant. and you could be but the coolant level is not between the Minimum burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the and Maximum marks. with the engine on.

your engine could get too hot cap when the cooling system. can boil system can blow out and burn you badly. or Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling some other liquid such as alcohol. including the but you would not get the overheat warning. add coolant as follows: {CAUTION: {CAUTION: Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous. heater core and other parts. Plain water. They before the proper coolant mixture will. Wait Your engine could catch fire and you or others for the cooling system and coolant surge tank could be burned. Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture. 5-26 . is hot. Notice: In cold weather. the pressure cap. water can freeze and crack the engine.If no coolant is visible in the surge tank. Never turn the wrong mixture. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean. Your are under pressure. coolant surge tank pressure cap. With plain water or the can come out at high speed. radiator. and if you turn the coolant vehicle’s coolant warning system is set for the surge tank pressure cap — even a little — they proper coolant mixture. pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn drinkable water and a proper coolant.

1. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine. allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose. is no longer hot. including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose. and If you hear a hiss. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about two or two and one-half turns. {CAUTION: You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts. You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough. Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly. 2. This will remove it. 5-27 . wait for that to stop.

5-28 . With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off. 3. then check to see if the level is below the mark. See your dealer/retailer. Watch out for the engine cooling fan. Repeat this procedure until the level remains constant at the Maximum mark for at least five minutes. the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. 4. Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the Maximum mark on the coolant surge tank. add additional coolant to bring the level up to the mark. If the level is lower than the Maximum mark. if necessary. If the level is below the Maximum mark. 5. Wait about five minutes. By this time. start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot. add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the mark. Then replace the pressure cap. Be sure the pressure cap is hand-tight and fully seated.

Always use the proper fluid. How to Check Power Steering Fluid Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool The level should be between the MIN (B) and MAX (A) down. Replace the cap and completely tighten it. 5-29 . It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem. What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use. marks on the reservoir. If the level is below the MIN (B) mark. add the power steering fluid to the appropriate level. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for reservoir location.Power Steering Fluid When to Check Power Steering Fluid The power steering fluid reservoir is located toward the front of the engine compartment on the driver’s side of the vehicle. Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals. see Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-26. Then check the fluid level. Have the system inspected and repaired.

5-30 . This allows for fluid Open the cap with the expansion if freezing occurs. use a fluid that damage your washer fluid tank and other parts has sufficient protection against freezing. See Engine • Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in your Compartment Overview on windshield washer. location. of the washer system. water does not clean as well as washer fluid. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. follow What to Use the manufacturer’s instructions for adding water. When you need windshield washer fluid.Windshield Washer Fluid Notice: • When using concentrated washer fluid. Adding Washer Fluid • Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. be operating your vehicle in an area where the Water can cause the solution to freeze and temperature may fall below freezing. damage the tank if it is completely full. Also. If you will • Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. It can damage the vehicle’s page 5-12 for reservoir windshield washer system and paint. which could washer symbol on it. be sure to read the manufacturer’s instructions before use.

See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for the location of the {CAUTION: reservoir. the fluid When the brake fluid falls to a low level. you Light on page 3-31. If it is.Brakes It is not a good idea to top off the brake fluid. You or others could be burned. and your vehicle could be damaged. only when work is done on the reservoir is filled with brake hydraulic system DOT-3 brake fluid. If your vehicle has too much brake fluid. Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak. If fluid is added when Brake Fluid the linings are worn. When new linings are put in. the brake level goes back up. there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed. should have the brake hydraulic system fixed. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level brake hydraulic system. See Brake System Warning leaking out of the brake hydraulic system. The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough. 5-31 . The other reason is that fluid is warning light will come on. as necessary. it can spill on the engine. since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well. Add or remove brake The master cylinder fluid. The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear. in the reservoir might go down.

just a See Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on few drops of mineral-based oil. This helps keep put in the wrong kind of fluid. With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system. Your vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed. • If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s painted surfaces.What to Add Notice: When you do need brake fluid. Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only. This could cause a crash. If you do. For example. hydraulic system parts. dirt from entering the reservoir. oil. See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5-82. Always use the proper brake fluid. 5-32 . {CAUTION: Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle. such as engine page 6-26. wash it off immediately. The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving. Do not let someone around the cap before removing it. except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly. the brakes might not work Brake Wear well. in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area will have to be replaced. use only DOT-3 brake • Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake fluid. the paint finish can be damaged.

nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications the brakes might not work properly. This could be a sign that brake service The brake wear warning sound means that soon might be required. The braking axle sets. For example. brake parts. the brakes adjust for wear. Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly together if the vehicle is to have really good braking. the brakes will not work well. If you do not. When you hear the brake wear Brake Adjustment warning sound. or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. When tires are rotated. performance you have come to expect can change in See Brake System Inspection on page 6-25. The braking system on a vehicle is complex. When you replace parts of the braking Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help system — for example. Every time you apply the brakes. This does not mean something is wrong with Your vehicle was designed and tested with top-quality the brakes. with or without the vehicle moving. the balance between the front and rear Brake linings should always be replaced as complete brakes can change — for the worse. if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle. many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts. have your vehicle serviced. Brake Pedal Travel {CAUTION: See your dealer/retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height. Notice: Continuing to drive with worn-out brake Replacing Brake System Parts pads could result in costly brake repair. 5-33 . That could lead to an accident. applied. in Capacities and Specifications on page 5-94. down and you need new ones put in — be sure you inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel get new approved replacement parts. when the brake linings wear prevent brake pulsation.

See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for battery location.Battery Vehicle Storage Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery. This will help maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time. Extended Storage: For extended storage of your vehicle. and related that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you accessories contain lead and lead compounds. are not careful. See Jump Starting on page 5-35 chemicals known to the State of California to cause for tips on working around a battery without cancer and reproductive harm. handling. remove the black. negative (−) cable from the battery. Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas Warning: Battery posts. Wash hands after getting hurt. This will help keep the battery from running down. 5-34 . see your dealer/retailer for {CAUTION: one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery’s label. terminals. remove the black. When it is time for a new battery. Infrequent Usage: If you drive your vehicle infrequently. negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger.

{CAUTION: Notice: If the other vehicle’s system is not a 12-volt Batteries can hurt you. or all of these things can hurt you. Only use vehicles with 12-volt systems because: with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle. • They contain acid that can burn you. 5-35 . You would not be able burn you. but be sure the vehicles are not touching ignite. and the bad grounding If you do not follow these steps exactly. and it could damage your vehicle. some could damage the electrical systems. 1. They can be dangerous system with a negative ground. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely. another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it vehicle. 2. Put an automatic transmission in PARK (P) or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake. each other. will not work. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables • They contain gas that can explode or can reach. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system. to start your vehicle. it could cause a ground • They contain enough electricity to connection you do not want. If they are. set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure.Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered If your battery has run down. you may want to use by your warranty. Check the other vehicle. both vehicles can be damaged. To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling.

Find the {CAUTION: positive (+) and negative (−) terminal locations on each vehicle. CAUTION: (Continued) 5-36 . People have been hurt doing black tethered cap on the battery. explosive gas could be present. If it is low. add water to take care of that first. Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle. And it could save the radio! 4. See Engine this.Notice: If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure. If you don’t. Using a match near a battery can cause battery The negative (–) terminal is located under a gas to explode. be sure the right amount of fluid is there. Unplug engine is not running and can injure you. You do the positive (+) and negative (–) terminals. Use a Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for more flashlight if you need more light. This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries. and some have been blinded. information on location. clothing and tools away from any lighter or the accessory power outlet. Your vehicle’s positive (+) terminal is located under a red tethered cap on the battery. the radio and all lamps that are not needed. they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered {CAUTION: by your warranty. But if a battery has filler caps. Turn off underhood electric fan. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle. An electric fan can start up even when the 3. unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette Keep hands. Flip the caps up to access Be sure the battery has enough water.

Do not connect positive (+) to negative (−) or you will get a short that would damage the battery {CAUTION: and maybe other parts too. things you should know. unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. 5-37 . Positive (+) will go Do not get it on you. If they do. Before you connect the cables. The vehicles could be damaged too. flush the place the vehicle has one. heavy. Negative (−) will go to a with water and get medical help immediately. If you accidentally get it to positive (+) or to a remote positive (+) terminal if in your eyes or on your skin. Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or CAUTION: (Continued) missing insulation. And do not connect the negative (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks. Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. here are some Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. 5. you could get a shock. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running.

5-38 . and has one. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Do not let the other end touch metal. (45 cm) away from the dead battery. the engine for a while. negative (−) terminal of the good battery. but not near engine parts that move. Now connect the black negative (−) cable to the 11. service. Use a 10. Connect the red 9. unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative (−) terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery. The other end of the negative (−) cable does not go to the dead battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle The electrical connection is just as good there. It goes to a heavy. Use a If it will not start after a few tries. 6. the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less. 8. 7. Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step. Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of the good battery. it probably needs remote negative (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. Connect the other end positive (+) cable to the of the negative (−) positive (+) terminal cable at least 18 inches of the dead battery. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery.

removed in the wrong order. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal 5-39 . vehicle with the good battery. 3. electrical shorting may do the following: occur and damage the vehicle. and remove the jumper cables in the correct order. Disconnect the black negative (−) cable from the each other or other metal. Heavy. Jumper Cable Removal A. Disconnect the red positive (+) cable from the other vehicle. 4. making sure that the cables do not touch 2. Disconnect the black negative (−) cable from the not be covered by your warranty. Return the caps over the positive (+) and negative (–) terminals to their original positions. Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative (–) Terminal B. Always connect vehicle that had the dead battery. Good Battery or Remote Positive (+) and Remote Negative (–) Terminals C. Disconnect the red positive (+) cable from the vehicle with the good battery. The repairs would 1.Notice: If the jumper cables are connected or To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles. 5.

see should need no further adjustment.Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamp aim has been preset at the factory and For the proper type of replacement bulbs. Aim adjustment section. {CAUTION: Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. Replacement Bulbs on page 5-48. to the low-beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers flash their high-beam headlamps at you (for vertical aim). Halogen Bulbs If the headlamps need to be re-aimed. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package. 5-40 . contact your dealer/retailer. it is recommended that you take the vehicle to your dealer/retailer for service. if your vehicle is damaged in a crash. However. You or others could be injured. For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this the headlamp aim may be affected.

Headlamps To replace a headlamp bulb: 1. Then remove the three bolts and the headlamp assembly. Remove the headlamp cap (A for the low-beam or B for the high-beam headlamp) by turning it counterclockwise. Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to install the headlamp assembly. 3. remove the four screws and the radiator grill. remove the two bolts from the top of the headlamp assembly and one nut on the inside that retains the headlamp assembly. Release the spring that retains the bulb. 8. 5. Install a new bulb. Wagon Models 5-41 . See Hood Release on page 5-11 for more information. 2. Remove the old bulb. 7. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the rear of the bulb. Open the hood. Hatchback Models 4. For hatchback models. For wagon models. 6.

Press the bulb inward and turn it counterclockwise to remove it from the bulb socket. Install the new bulb into the bulb socket by pressing it in and turning it clockwise. 2. 4.Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps To replace a front turn signal or parking lamp bulb: 1. 7. See Hood Release on page 5-11 for more information. Reverse Steps 1 through 2 to install the assembly. Reinstall the bulb socket into the lamp housing by Wagon Models turning it clockwise. Remove the two bolts from the top of the headlamp assembly and one nut on the inside that retains the headlamp assembly. Hatchback Models 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise. Pull the bulb socket out of the lamp housing. 5-42 . Open the hood. 6. 5. 8.

Remove the side turn signal lamp assembly by pulling it forward. 4. To replace this bulb: 1.Turn Signal Lamps (Side) Your vehicle may have this side turn signal lamp. 3. Remove the bulb from the lamp housing by pulling the bulb straight out of the socket. 6. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise. Locate the bulb by reaching underneath the vehicle where the side turn signal lamp is located. 5-43 . Push the side turn signal lamp assembly back into its original position. It will be located between the front door and the wheel well. Install the new bulb into the bulb socket by pushing it in and turning it clockwise. 2. 5.

3. 6. Reach inside of the rear bumper and locate the for more information. See Hood Release on page 5-11 1. Pull the old bulb straight out of the bulb socket 5. Turn the front sidemarker bulb socket counterclockwise. Push the new bulb straight into the socket. Open the hood. 5-44 . Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to install the bulb socket. Pull the front sidemarker bulb socket out of the front bumper. 7. 4. 3. 6. Push the new bulb straight into the socket. 4. socket. Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to install the assembly. Pull the old bulb straight out from the bulb socket. Pull the rear sidemarker bulb socket out of the rear bumper.Sidemarker Lamps (Front) Sidemarker Lamps (Rear) To replace a front sidemarker bulb: To replace a rear sidemarker bulb: 1. Turn the rear sidemarker bulb socket counterclockwise. Remove the headlamp assembly. 5. 2. 2.

more information. Remove the two screws and the liftgate trim cover. See Liftgate on page 2-10 for 1. Open the liftgate. Pry off the trim from the liftgate and remove the 2. Remove the bulb socket from the lamp housing. two screws. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the bulb socket. Open the liftgate. 2. 6. Install the new bulb. 5. See Liftgate on page 2-10 for more information. 3. Remove the bulb socket from the lamp housing. 4. Reinstall the liftgate trim cover and secure with the 6. 5. 3. assembly.Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) (Hatchback) (CHMSL) (Wagon) To replace a CHMSL bulb on a hatchback model: To replace a CHMSL bulb on a wagon model: 1. bulb socket. 5-45 . Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the lamp two screws to secure. Install the new bulb. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the 4.

Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing the counterclockwise from the taillamp assembly. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing the 5. Remove the bulb socket by turning it 4. See Liftgate on page 2-10 for more information. Open the liftgate. 2. Remove the two screws and the taillamp assembly. more information. Install the appropriate new bulb into the socket. 4. Remove the bulb socket by turning it 3. See Liftgate on page 2-10 for 1. Open the liftgate. Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly. 5. bulb and turning it counterclockwise. counterclockwise from the taillamp assembly. Stoplamps Stoplamps (Hatchback) and Back-up Lamps (Wagon) To replace one of these bulbs: To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Turn Signal. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to install the lamp assembly. 6. Remove the taillamp assembly from the vehicle. 3. Turn Signal.Taillamps. 2. and Taillamps. bulb and turning it counterclockwise. 5-46 .

5-47 . Reinstall the protective cover. 6. Turn and pull the license plate lamp toward you 3. See Liftgate on page 2-10 for more information. Remove the bulb socket by turning it through the opening. 1. 4. 5. 6. Install the appropriate new bulb into the socket. counterclockwise. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to install the lamp bulb and turning it counterclockwise. 2. Remove the protective cover. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing the 7. Remove the two screws holding each of the license plate lamps. Install the appropriate new bulb into the socket. 2. assembly. Open the liftgate. Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps (Hatchback) License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs: To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Taillamps.

cracking. 3. Exterior Lamps Bulb Number Here is how to remove and replace the windshield wiper blade: Back-up 94535571 CHMSL.Rear 94535572 For replacement bulbs not listed here. 1. Press the retaining clip (A) and pull the wiper blade off the arm. See “Wiper Blade Check” for more information. Windshield Wiper Blade 4. Install a new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the license Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or plate lamp. 5-48 . Replacement 5. 2. see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 5-95. Replacement blades come in different types and are Replacement Bulbs removed in different ways. 3. For the proper type.Front and 94535578 Parking Lamp Turn Signal . contact your dealer/retailer. Front and Rear 94535587 Sidemarker License Plate Lamp 94535587 Headlamps High-Beam 94535541 Low-Beam 94535546 Stoplamp and Taillamp 94535574 Turn Signal . Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket. Install the new bulb.

Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure. See Inflation . The booklet for details. If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where • Underinflated tires pose the same to obtain service. cut. replace them.Tires CAUTION: (Continued) Your new vehicle comes with high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. punctured. • Worn. resulting accident could cause serious injury. or broken by a sudden • Overloading your vehicle’s tires can impact — such as when you hit a cause overheating as a result of pothole. see your vehicle Warranty danger as overloaded tires. Keep tires at the too much flexing. old tires can cause accidents. page 4-18. See Loading Your Vehicle on If the tire’s tread is badly worn.Tire Pressure on page 5-56. Poorly maintained and improperly used • Overinflated tires are more likely to be tires are dangerous. {CAUTION: Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle’s tires are cold. or if your vehicle’s tires have been CAUTION: (Continued) damaged. 5-49 . an air-out and a serious accident. You could have recommended pressure.

height. construction type sidewall. although only one side may have the date of manufacture. (E) Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG): Passenger Car Tire Example Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors: treadwear. The examples below show a typical and service description. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire. traction and temperature resistance. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. and date the tire was manufactured. aspect ratio. (D) Tire Ply Material: The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.Tire Sidewall Labeling (A) Tire Size: The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular Useful information about a tire is molded into its tire’s width. For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5-64. tire size. sidewall. (C) Tire Identification Number (TIN): The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). 5-50 . The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code.S. See the “Tire Size” passenger car tire and a compact spare tire illustration later in this section for more detail. (B) DOT (Department of Transportation): The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U.

See Compact Spare Tire on page 5-78 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-18. The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code. Inflation . a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat. tire size. approximately 3. (C) Tire Identification Number (TIN): The Tire Identification Number (TIN). (D) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit: Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire. although only one side may have the date of manufacture.Tire Pressure on page 5-56 and The compact spare tire is for emergency use when Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-18.000 miles (5 000 km) and should For information on recommended tire pressure see not be driven at speeds over 65 mph (105 km/h). Compact Spare Tire Example 5-51 . See Compact Spare Tire on page 5-78 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5-68.(F) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit: (A) Temporary Use Only: The compact spare Maximum load that can be carried and the tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of maximum pressure needed to support that load. (B) Tire Ply Material: The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. and date the tire was manufactured.

numbers define a tire’s width. (D) Construction Code: A letter code is used to Tire Size indicate the type of ply construction in the tire. and inflation see Inflation . aspect ratio. it would construction type and service description. For more information on tire pressure to sidewall. The load range represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry. (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of the wheel in inches. 5-52 . (C) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit number that indicates the tire height-to-width measurements. (F) Service Description: These characters represent the load range and the speed rating of a tire. The speed (A) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: The United States rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to version of a metric tire sizing system. Speed ratings range from A to Z. as shown in item C of the illustration. means the tire is for temporary use only. height. The following illustration shows an example of a the letter D means diagonal or bias ply typical passenger car tire size. The letter R means radial ply construction. The letter P carry a load. S. and the letter B means belted-bias ply construction. mean that the tire’s sidewall is 70% as high as The letter T as the first character in the tire size it is wide.Tire Pressure on page 5-56. as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U. Tire and Rim Association. (F) Tire Size : A combination of letters and For example. if the tire size aspect ratio is 70. construction.(E) Tire Inflation: The temporary use tire or (B) Tire Width: The three-digit number indicates compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall (420 kPa).

power windows. square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa). production plant. Bead: The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-18. See Inflation . See Loading Your Vehicle on are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees page 4-18. may be made from steel or other reinforcing and date of production. GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the plies front axle. brand. and air conditioning. measured in pounds per square inch Air Pressure: The amount of air inside the (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up tire pressing outward on each square inch of the heat from driving. automatic transmission. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Cords the tire manufacturer. DOT Markings: A code molded into the sidewall power seats. Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords that is an alphanumeric designator which can also identify located between the plies and the tread. motor vehicle safety standards. 5-53 . Some examples of maximum capacity of fuel. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per on page 5-56. Curb Weight: The weight of a motor vehicle with Accessory Weight: This means the combined standard and optional equipment including the weight of optional accessories. power steering. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN).Tire Pressure tire. by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.S. to the centerline of the tread. of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a tire’s height with the U. optional accessories are. oil.Tire Terminology and Definitions Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of air pressure in a tire. and coolant. power brakes. Department of Transportation (DOT) to its width. materials. but without passengers and cargo.

bears Load Index: An assigned number ranging from white lettering. See Inflation . See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-18. The side of the tire that contains a whitewall. and production options weight. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for air pressure. occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 lbs (68 kg). 5-54 . curb weight.GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear Normal Occupant Weight: The number of axle. pressure as shown on the tire placard. vehicle capacity weight. Outward Facing Sidewall: The side of an Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A tire used on asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. See Loading Your Vehicle Intended Outboard Sidewall: The side of on page 4-18. 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying and/or model name molding that is higher capacity of a tire. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire used on The maximum air pressure is molded onto the passenger cars and some light duty trucks and sidewall. accessory weight. Maximum Inflation Pressure: The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. multipurpose vehicles. brand. vehicles. or bears manufacturer. that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle. or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire.Tire Pressure on page 5-56 and Loading Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: The sum of Your Vehicle on page 4-18. Maximum Load Rating: The load rating for a tire Recommended Inflation Pressure: Vehicle at the maximum permissible inflation pressure manufacturer’s recommended tire inflation for that tire. an asymmetrical tire. Occupant Distribution: Designated seating positions.

Ratings Rim: A metal support for a tire and upon which are determined by tire manufacturers using the tire beads are seated. See “Tire and remains. See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-18. government testing procedures. accessory Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into weight. Traction: The friction between the tire and the road surface. 5-55 . Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire: Load on an individual tire due to curb weight. provides consumers with ratings for a tire’s traction. The ratings are Sidewall: The portion of a tire between the tread molded into the sidewall of the tire. The amount of grip provided. and cargo weight. See Uniform and the bead.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at Standards): A tire information system that 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. and treadwear. See When It Is Time for New Tires on Loading Information Label” under Loading page 5-62. sometimes to a vehicle showing the vehicle’s capacity weight called wear bars. Your Vehicle on page 4-18. temperature. contact with the road. Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands. Tire Quality Grading on page 5-64. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo load. occupant weight. Speed Rating: An alphanumeric code assigned to Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs tire can operate. that show across the tread of and the original equipment tire size and a tire when only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread recommended inflation pressure.

Do not forget to you can get the following: check the compact spare tire. and an example of the tire • Too much heat and loading information label. see Compact Spare • Unusual wear Tire on page 5-78. is the minimum amount of air pressure under-inflation or over-inflation is all right. The recommended cold tire inflation pressure. (under-inflation). How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. shown on Notice: Do not let anyone tell you that the label. • Poor handling • Rough ride • Needless damage from road hazards 5-56 . For additional information regarding the compact spare tire. • Poor handling • Reduced fuel economy When to Check If your tires have too much air (over-inflation). Never load your • Premature or irregular wear vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry. pressures for your tires when they are cold. Check your tires once a month or more. see Loading Your Vehicle • Tire overloading on page 4-18.Inflation .Tire Pressure A vehicle specific tire and loading information label is attached to your vehicle. This label shows your vehicle’s Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate original equipment tires and the correct inflation effectively. needed to support your vehicle’s maximum load carrying It is not. you can get the following: For additional information regarding how much weight • Too much flexing your vehicle can carry. If your tires do not have enough air capacity.

your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) If you overfill the tire. your vehicle’s tires and transmit tire pressure readings Check the tire’s inflation pressure when the tires to a receiver located in the vehicle. release air by pushing on the that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one metal stem in the center of the tire valve. illuminates.6 km). inflation pressure for those tires. Radial tires may look The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in properly inflated even when they are under-inflated. and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. You cannot tell if your tires are properly and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels. Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than Each tire. As an added safety feature. Press on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. Accordingly.) If the inflation pressure is low. add air until you reach the recommended amount. when the low tire pressure telltale Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life. the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size measurement. 5-57 . checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. you should stop and check your tires as They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and soon as possible. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.How to Check Tire Pressure Monitor System Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio pressure. and inflate them to the proper moisture. inflated simply by looking at them. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading pressure label. you should determine the proper tire Information label. pressure. are cold. should be 1 mile (1. including the spare (if provided). tire pressure with the tire gage. Re-check the or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. no further adjustment is necessary.

the on a radio frequency and complies with RSS-210 system may not be able to detect or signal low tire of Industry and Science Canada. TPMS malfunctions may occur for the following two conditions: a variety of reasons. Operation is subject to the following not operating properly. and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure. The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) operates on Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is FCC Rules. even if under-inflation has (FCC) and Industry and Science not reached the level to trigger illumination of the Canada TPMS low tire pressure telltale. This device must accept any interference received. The TPMS malfunction two conditions: indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. use this equipment. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after including interference that may cause undesired replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to operation of the device. including the installation of 1. replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. malfunction exists. the telltale 1. This device must accept any interference received. The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) operates When the malfunction indicator is illuminated.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper Federal Communications Commission tire maintenance. continuously illuminated. will flash for approximately one minute and then remain 2. Operation is subject to pressure as intended. When the system detects a malfunction. This sequence will continue including interference that may cause undesired upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the operation. for additional information. This device may not cause interference. 5-58 . ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and Changes or modifications to this system by other than wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. This device may not cause harmful interference. an authorized service facility could void authorization to See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5-59. 2.

and then turn sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel off as you start to drive. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60 and Tires on page 5-49. light on the instrument Also see Inflation . This could be an early assembly. Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty. for an example of the low tire pressure warning tire information label and its location on your vehicle. If your vehicle has this feature.Tire Pressure Monitor Operation The low tire pressure warning light comes on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) is designed inflation pressure. A Tire and Loading Information label. shows the size of your vehicle’s original When a low tire pressure equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for condition is detected. the TPMS weather when the vehicle is first started. 5-59 . vehicle’s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle. attached to your vehicle.Tire Pressure on page 5-56. See Loading TPMS illuminates the Your Vehicle on page 4-18. to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition The tire pressure warning light may come on in cool exists. panel cluster. Your vehicle’s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance. Notice: Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors. indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your need to be inflated to the proper pressure. excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly. the your vehicle’s tires when they are cold. Do not use liquid tire sealants.

passenger side rear tire. See Buying New Tires on page 5-62.000 to 8. • Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction. See your dealer/retailer for The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable.TPMS Malfunction Light If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition. 5-60 . See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5-62 for more information. system detects a malfunction. The • One of the road tires has been replaced with the sensors are matched. When the comes on and stays on. We recommend that you regularly inspect your See your dealer/retailer for service. the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire/wheel position. problem is corrected. Maintenance Services on page 6-4. • One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged. can cause the malfunction light to come on are: or rotate the vehicle’s tires. including the spare tire. dealer/retailer for service. See your tire containing the TPMS sensor. for signs of • Replacement tires or wheels do not match your wear or damage. to the tire/wheel positions. The TPMS malfunction light should go off Tire Inspection and Rotation when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. vehicle’s tires. The TPMS malfunction light and DIC front tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS the following order: driver side front tire. See Part A: Scheduled properly. Some of the conditions that Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors.000 miles vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning (8 000 to 13 000 km). vehicle’s original equipment tires or wheels. and driver side message should go off once you re-install the road rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool. in spare tire. passenger side sensor. The low tire warning light comes on at each ignition cycle until the Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code. the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for TPMS Sensor Identification Codes the remainder of the ignition cycle. Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your Tires should be rotated every 5.

to get all the rust or dirt When rotating your tires. if needed. always use the correct off. can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. In an emergency. remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. This and rear inflation pressures as shown on the will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform tire and loading information label.The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve After the tires have been rotated. rotation pattern shown here. but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later. 5-61 . See “Wheel See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5-62 Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications and Wheel Replacement on page 5-66 for on page 5-94. Make certain that alignment. {CAUTION: Rust or dirt on a wheel. When you change a wheel. Your Vehicle on page 4-18 for an example of the Any time you notice unusual wear. you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this. or on the parts to which it is fastened. Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation. Also check for damaged tires or wheels. adjust the front a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. all wheel nuts are properly tightened. rotate your tire and loading information label and where it tires as soon as possible and check wheel is located on your vehicle. more information. See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5-69. See Loading most like it did when the tires were new.

and construction are true: type (radial and bias-belted tires) as your vehicle’s • You can see the indicators at three or more places original tires. and inflation pressure maintenance. including temperatures. your vehicle will continue to have around the tire. as the original • You can see cord or fabric showing through the tires. about the need to replace your tires as they get older. • The tread or sidewall is cracked. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5-50 for tire’s rubber. This way. or other damage that driving speeds. With have only 1/16 inch proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out (1. tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety. loading appear when your tires conditions. or split. consult the tire manufacturer for more information. which will this aging takes place. if check the treadwear your vehicle has one. Multiple conditions affect how fast indicators. If you are unsure remaining. 5-62 . additional information. speed rating. and road conditions cannot be repaired well because of the size or influence when you need new tires. temperatures. bulge. even if they are time for new tires is to not being used. vehicle loading. or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric. You need new tires if any of the following statements brand. One way to tell when it is The rubber in tires degrades over time.6 mm) or less of tread before they degrade due to age. If you need replacement tires. Various factors.When It Is Time for New Tires • The tire has a bump. load range. cut. • The tire has a puncture. GM strongly recommends that you get tires that are the same size. This is also true for the spare tire. during normal use. location of the damage. such as maintenance. Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle. cut.

Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle. the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving. as it was developed for use on your vehicle. Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving. This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the {CAUTION: tires were new. It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily.GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four. and type of tires on all wheels. A tire and/or wheel could fail suddenly. or types may also cause damage to your vehicle. Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your If you use bias-ply tires on your vehicle. 5-63 . brands. See Compact Spare Tire on page 5-78. If you mix tires of Your vehicle’s original equipment tires are listed on the different sizes. for more information about handle properly. Be sure to use the correct size. brand. Using tires of different sizes. on your vehicle. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60. the vehicle may not Your Vehicle on page 4-18. vehicle. and you could have a the Tire and Loading Information label and its location crash. brands. See Loading and bias-belted tires). causing {CAUTION: a crash. or types (radial Tire and Loading Information Label.

or to some You may increase the chance that you will limited-production tires. The following information relates to the system traction control. this may the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and affect the way your vehicle performs. to federal safety requirements. the developed by the Unites States National Highway performance of these systems can be affected. For example: braking. See Buying New Tires on page 5-62 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5-4 for additional information. they must also conform by a GM certified technician. and electronic stability control. traction. ride and handling characteristics. Only use GM While the tires available on General Motors specific wheel and tire systems developed for passenger cars and light trucks may vary with your vehicle. and temperature performance. tires with nominal rim diameters of recommended for those wheels are selected. 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm). space-saver. winter-type may not provide an acceptable level of snow tires. or temporary use performance and safety if tires not spare tires. your vehicle system does not apply to deep tread. anti-lock brakes. stability. This applies only to {CAUTION: vehicles sold in the United States.Different Size Tires and Wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than Quality grades can be found where applicable on your original equipment wheels and tires. and resistance to rollover. including its maximum selection width. crash and suffer serious injury. if your vehicle Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A has electronic systems such as. Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). Additionally. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) If you add different sized wheels. 5-64 . and have them properly installed respect to these grades. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. which grades tires by treadwear.

and differences in road characteristics the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard and climate. based on the wear rate of the tire when tested and C. or peak traction characteristics. can cause performance. and may depart significantly from The grade C corresponds to a level of performance the norm due to variations in driving habits. 5-65 . B. C than the minimum required by law. and excessive depends upon the actual conditions of their use. B. however. a tire heat when tested under controlled conditions on a graded 150 would wear one and a half (11⁄2) times specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained as well on the government course as a tire high temperature can cause the material of the tire graded 100. or excessive loading. hydroplaning. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel Traction — AA. temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. B. A. For example. 109. are AA. Excessive speed. Those grades represent the tire’s Warning: The temperature grade for this tire ability to stop on wet pavement as measured is established for a tire that is properly inflated under controlled conditions on specified and not overloaded. The traction grades. either A tire marked C may have poor traction separately or in combination. No. The relative performance of tires to degenerate and reduce tire life. and C. A. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests. representing the tire’s resistance to under controlled conditions on a specified the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate government test course. heat buildup and possible tire failure. service which all passenger car tires must meet under practices. government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. under-inflation.Treadwear Temperature — A. B. C The treadwear grade is a comparative rating The temperature grades are A (the highest). cornering. from highest to lowest. and does not include acceleration.

wheel bolts. Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying vehicle ground clearance. with bearing life. wheel bolts. and wheel nuts for replacement. offset. and wheel nuts should be replaced. wheel wheel. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when {CAUTION: driving on a smooth road. cracked. speedometer or odometer calibration. Notice: The wrong wheel can also cause problems Your dealer/retailer will know the kind of wheel you need. bolts. See your dealer/retailer if any of these conditions exist. make your tires lose air and make you lose control. or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned sensors. the injured. width. brake cooling. Always use the correct wheel. It could affect the braking and Wheel Replacement handling of your vehicle. This way.Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance If you need to replace any of your wheels. not be necessary on a regular basis. replace them only with new GM original and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the equipment parts. 5-66 . replace it (except some aluminum wheels. which can sometimes be repaired). you will be sure to have the longest tire life and best overall performance. the alignment might need to be checked. wheel bolts. if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other. the same way as the one it replaces. See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5-69 for more information. diameter. or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous. wheel nuts. However. wheel nuts. and TPMS Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will sensors for your vehicle. the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced. wheel for proper diagnosis. and be mounted clearance to the body and chassis. bolts. If the wheel leaks air. If wheel nuts keep coming loose. or badly rusted a collision in which you or others could be or corroded. You could have Replace any wheel that is bent. See your dealer/retailer Using the wrong replacement wheels. headlamp aim. right wheel. and tire or tire chain capacity. bumper height.

If the contact replace a wheel. Use only SAE Class “S” type chains {CAUTION: that are the proper size for your tires. damage your vehicle. stop and retighten them. You cannot know how it has been slowly and follow the chain manufacturer’s used or how far it has been driven. 5-67 . slow down until it stops. If you have to your vehicle. If you can hear the chains contacting suddenly and cause a crash. Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will equipment wheel.Used Replacement Wheels Tire Chains Notice: Use tire chains only where legal and only when you must. use a new GM original continues. Drive dangerous. It could fail instructions. Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is possible with the ends securely fastened.

the jack. If it is accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. it is much more likely to leak out Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do slowly. Take your foot off the designed only for changing a flat tire. But if you should ever have a blowout. here maintenance or repairs is dangerous without are a few tips about what to expect and what to do: the appropriate safety equipment and training. used for anything else. In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. acts much like a vehicle only for changing a flat tire. you or others could be Steer to maintain lane position. be very bumpy and noisy. It may jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely. If air goes out of a tire. skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid. 5-68 . and then gently brake to badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off a stop well out of the traffic lane. the next part shows how to use the by steering the way you want the vehicle to go. but you can still steer. Get the vehicle under control If a tire goes flat. If a front tire fails. Use the jack provided with your A rear blowout.If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving. Gently brake to a stop. particularly on a curve. the flat tire creates a drag that pulls The jack provided with your vehicle is the vehicle toward that side. {CAUTION: especially if you maintain your vehicle’s tires properly. well off the road if possible.

avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. at the opposite {CAUTION: end of the vehicle. The following information tells you how to use the jack CAUTION: (Continued) and change a tire. 3. blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed. 4.Changing a Flat Tire CAUTION: (Continued) If a tire goes flat. or shift a manual transmission to FIRST (1) or REVERSE (R). Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. Changing a tire can be dangerous. 5-69 . Find a level place to change your tire. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised. 2. You and they could be badly injured or even killed. use the following example as a can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks. The vehicle When you have a flat tire. Put an automatic transmission shift lever in PARK (P). Set the parking brake firmly. See Hazard Warning Flashers To be certain the vehicle will not move. or other people. To help prevent the vehicle from moving: 1. put on page 3-6 for more information. That would be the tire on the other side.

Open the liftgate.Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Wagon Models The tools you will be using to change a flat tire are To access the spare tire and tools: shown below. more information. Fold the floor cover by pulling the handle upward. Release the prop from its retainer and put the prop into the slot. 5-70 . 3. Jack Handle B. A. Jack C. Screwdriver 4. Wheel Wrench D. Refer to your vehicle model to access the 1. Lift the floor tray. See Liftgate on page 2-10 for spare tire and tools. 2.

5. pull the strap on the tool box counterclockwise and remove the retainer. Spare Tire on page 5-78 for more information. See Compact foam tray. The tools are located inside the 6. cover upward. Turn the retainer on the compact spare tire 7. 5-71 . To access the tools. Remove the compact spare tire.

Remove the trim cover by pulling up on the tab. 7. in front of the compact spare tire. See Liftgate on page 2-10 for more information. Remove the jack by turning the jack retainer.Hatchback Models To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Then remove the jack handle and the wheel wrench. Remove the compact spare tire. 2. Remove the foam tray that contains the tools. 6. The jack is located in the trunk. The jack handle and the wheel wrench are located inside the foam tray. Open the liftgate. See Compact Spare Tire on page 5-78 for more information. 4. located on the right side of the jack. Turn the retainer on the compact spare tire counterclockwise and remove the retainer. 5. counterclockwise to release it. 5-72 . 3.

If your vehicle has wheel covers. Do a safety check before proceeding. 5-73 . See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5-69 for more information. pry along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off. 2. Store the wheel cover in the cargo area until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced. 3. Do not remove them yet. use the jack handle to begin loosening the wheel covers. Using the flat end of the jack handle or the screwdriver.Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts.

Insert the jack handle into the jack and the wheel which the jack head fits in. Position the jack and raise the jack head until it fits firmly into the notch in the vehicle’s frame nearest the flat tire. 5-74 . 4. Put the compact spare tire near you. wrench onto the end of the jack handle. Locate the notch near each wheel in the frame 6. 5.

be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. If the vehicle slips off the jack. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage. you 8. Remove all of the wheel nuts by turning them could be badly injured or killed. Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise. a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack. Remove the flat tire. dangerous. {CAUTION: Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. 9.{CAUTION: 7. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the compact Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is spare tire to fit underneath the wheel well. 5-75 . Never get under counterclockwise.

but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts. In an emergency. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. the rust or dirt off. or on the parts to which it is fastened. Place the compact spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface. can make wheel nuts become loose after time. to get all 11. if needed. 5-76 . When you change a wheel. The vehicle’s wheel could fall off. causing a crash. Because the nuts might come loose. 10. remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. {CAUTION: Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts. {CAUTION: mounting surfaces and spare wheel. See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5-69. you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this. Rust or dirt on a wheel.

If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare. as shown. the cover or the spare could be damaged. See Capacities and Specifications on page 5-94 for wheel nut torque specification. be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts. torque specification. {CAUTION: 14. This could lead to a crash. Install the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the Notice: Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead nuts toward the wheel. evenly tighten the wheel 13. can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off. Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification. If you have to replace them. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts sequence. expensive brake repairs. Notice: Wheel covers will not fit on your vehicle’s compact spare. Lower the jack completely. To avoid clockwise until the wheel is held against the hub.12. 5-77 . Tighten each nut by hand to brake pulsation and rotor damage. See Capacities and Specifications on page 5-94 for the wheel nut torque specification. Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper counterclockwise.

Store the flat tire or the compact spare in the not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash compact spare tire compartment. Replace the trim cover. 5-78 . To store a flat or compact spare tire and tools: Notice: When the compact spare is installed. or other equipment in the your spare tire is correctly inflated. Store the tools securely in the foam tray and place the tray back in the cargo area. so you can finish your trip and have your loose equipment could strike someone. Do not use your compact spare on other vehicles. all these in the proper place. and maybe other parts of your vehicle. And do not mix your compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires. a tire. It should be {CAUTION: 60 psi (420 kPa). caught on the rails. 4. In a sudden stop or collision. it can lose air after a time. The compact spare can get 2. page 5-78.Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Compact Spare Tire and Tools Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when your vehicle was new. spare tire and its wheel together. Store full-size tire repaired or replaced where you want. Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too. with guide rails. That can damage the tire and wheel. you should stop as soon as possible and make sure Storing a jack. See Compact Spare Tire on Notice: Tire chains will not fit your compact spare. Keep your The compact spare tire is for temporary use only. The compact spare passenger compartment of the vehicle could is made to perform well at speeds up to 50 mph cause injury. Secure the retainer. Check the inflation pressure regularly. They will not fit. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can. do 1. Of course. Do not use tire chains on your compact spare. Your spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you need it again. (80 km/h). After installing the compact spare on your vehicle. it is best to replace your spare with a full-size tire as soon as you can. 3.

• Never use a knife or any other sharp object to Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on remove a soil from any interior surface. Before dirt can accumulate on your upholstery. It can cause damage to over-spray from other surfaces immediately. Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners When cleaning your vehicle’s interior. To prevent your vehicle’s interior surfaces. upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled. maintain adequate ventilation by opening from your upholstery. read and adhere to all safety carpet. Your dealer/retailer has a product for cleaning your Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent vehicle’s glass. While cleaning your vehicle’s vacuuming is recommended to remove particles interior. Your vehicle’s interior will continue to look its best if it is Many cleaners contain solvents that may become cleaned often. Although not always visible. that could cause stains to set rapidly. fabric. surfaces for which they were not intended. 5-79 . Use care because newspapers and garments also obtain a product from your dealer/retailer to remove that transfer color to your home furnishings may also odors from your vehicle’s upholstery. over-spray. Your Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs vehicle’s interior may experience extremes of heat using a small brush with soft bristles. Use glass cleaner only on glass. When cleaning the glass on your vehicle. and plastic surfaces. Soils should be removed as quickly as possible. you could scratch the glass and/or cause damage to the rear window Interior Cleaning defogger. you can cleaning. use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner. Dirt can damage using cleaners. Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal. with a cleaning cloth. only use cleaners or techniques: specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned. dust and concentrated in your vehicle’s breathing space. apply cleaner directly to the cleaning • Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively cloth. Regular instructions on the label.Appearance Care Notice: If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle. It is important to keep your your vehicle’s doors and windows. transfer color to your vehicle’s interior. leather. Should it become necessary. Remove any accidental • Never use a stiff brush.

5-80 . Saturate a lint-free. Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the • Damage to your vehicle’s interior may result from cleaning cloth remains clean. use the following instructions: detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation soils. For liquid cleaners. If the soil is not completely removed. etc. 4. • For liquids: gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel. good guide. clean the entire surface. using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled. A canister upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used. 1. Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed. use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water. Fabric/Carpet If any of the soil remains. gently remove as much After the cleaning process has been completed. When a commercial frequently to remove dust and loose dirt. about 20 drops per gallon (3. club soda. Avoid laundry To clean. a commercial fabric cleaner or Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment spot lifter may be necessary. neutral-pH soaps. Before cleaning. a paper of the soil as possible using one of the following towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the techniques: fabric or carpet. 5. the use of many organic solvents such as naptha. Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture. If the locally be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats. 3. alcohol. Continue cleaning. test a vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only small hidden area for colorfastness first. leaves streaks and attracts dirt. always try to remove them first with plain water or may result. • Use only mild. clean white cloth with water or Using too much soap will leave a residue that club soda.78 L) of water is a 2. cleaning. Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub • Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while toward the center. • For solid dry soils: remove as much as possible and then vacuum.

The increase in gloss may cause heat to dry. In a crash.Leather or wax-based products. it Plastic Surfaces may severely weaken them. appearance by increasing the gloss in a non-uniform manner. {CAUTION: Instrument Panel. If you do. Clean safety belts only with mild a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution soap and lukewarm water. or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle’s interior because A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in remove dust. Do not use silicone 5-81 . protection. and Other Do not bleach or dye safety belts. Never use steam to clean leather. Do not use silicone or wax-based Care of Safety Belts products. Never annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it use spot lifters or spot removers on leather. Many difficult to see through the windshield under certain commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold conditions. can be used to gently remove dust and dirt. If a more thorough cleaning is necessary. Never use shoe polish on leather. Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces. or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle’s interior because they can alter the Keep belts clean and dry. to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended. Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended. Allow the leather to dry naturally. they A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to might not be able to provide adequate remove dust. Do not use instrument panel. a non-uniform manner. a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can Some commercial products may increase gloss on your be used. Vinyl. If a more thorough cleaning is necessary.

The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to keep Use of power washers exceeding 1. 5-82 . Use a car washing soap. If they are Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last allowed to dry on the surface. During very cold. longer. Follow all from your dealer/retailer.Weatherstrips Rinse the vehicle well. Check the cleaning product label. Avoid using high pressure washes closer Washing Your Vehicle than 12 inches (30 cm) to the surface of the vehicle. towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting damp weather frequent application may be required. See Vehicle Care/Appearance manufacturers’ directions regarding correct product Materials on page 5-86.200 psi (8 274 kPa) it clean by washing it often. Apply Dry the finish with a soft. page 5-82. seal better. before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely. Notice: Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on your Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses vehicle. Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight. necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product. Approved cleaning products can be hand may be necessary to remove residue from the obtained from your dealer/retailer. You can get approved cleaning products Care/Appearance Materials on page 5-86. and not stick or squeak. If it states Use only lukewarm or cold water. can result in damage or removal of paint and decals. they could stain. do not washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses. use it on your vehicle or damage may occur Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on and it would not be covered by the warranty. a soft cloth and a car that it should not be used on plastic parts. See Vehicle paint finish. metal or plastic on Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by your vehicle. Do not use cleaning agents that Finish Care are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives. High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle. usage. clean chamois or an all-cotton silicone grease with a clean cloth. as they can damage the paint.

Always use waxes and polishes that are Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint their luster. Washing with water is all that is usually finish. needed. bright metal parts. Bugs. sap. Replace the wiper blades if they are period of years. Use only non-abrasive waxes and steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum. Windshield and Wiper Blades can damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. To avoid damaging polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may protective trim. is recommended for all paint finish on your vehicle. never use auto or chrome polish. looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible. However. If necessary. etc. if necessary. road grime. on painted surfaces. use non-abrasive cleaners that Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a foreign matter. rubbed to high polish. Wipers can be damaged by: • Extreme dusty conditions • Sand and salt • Heat and sun • Snow and ice. road oil and tar. you may use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim. Notice: Machine compounding or aggressive Use special care with aluminum trim. the Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible.. weather buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a wiper streaking. chemicals from industrial chimneys. A coating of polishes that are made for a basecoat/clearcoat wax. mild detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades. and a Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts. without proper removal 5-83 . ice melting agents. tree sap. You can help to keep the paint finish worn or damaged. bird droppings.If your vehicle has a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. damage it.

The repairs would not finish and/or tires. or chrome-plated wheels. chemicals. Do not applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or use chrome polish on aluminum wheels.Aluminum Wheels Notice: If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire Notice: If you use strong soaps. cleaners. Rinse with clean water. or abrasive cleaning brushes on repair or replacement. Use only approved cleaners on aluminum carbide tire cleaning brushes. be applied. If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal cleaners with acid. Notice: Using petroleum-based tire dressing Notice: Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels products on your vehicle may damage the paint could damage the wheels. you could damage the aluminum abrasive polishes. use a stiff brush with tire cleaner. abrasive polishes. replaced to restore corrosion protection. The repairs would not be covered by your through an automatic car wash that uses silicone warranty. make sure the body repair shop them because the surface could be damaged. cleaning brushes. Do not use strong soaps. A wax may then To clean the tires. you could damage the surface of the equipped with aluminum or chrome-plated wheels wheel(s). surfaces on your vehicle. Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty. The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle. Sheet Metal Damage chemicals. Never drive a vehicle wheels. be covered by your warranty. dry with a soft clean towel. After rinsing thoroughly. brushes. abrasive cleaners. Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild Tires soap and water. 5-84 . The repairs would not that contain acid on aluminum or chrome-plated be covered by your warranty. or cleaners or chrome-plated wheels. When applying a tire dressing. Use chrome polish on always wipe off any overspray from all painted chrome wheels only.

at no charge to the owner. Larger Chemical Paint Spotting areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer’s/retailer’s body and paint shop. the surfaces of and exhaust system even though they have corrosion new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within protection. Dirt packed in close areas of finish should be repaired right away. Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout. will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair Your dealer/retailer or an underbody car washing system expense. control can collect on the underbody. flush these materials from the underbody with plain water.000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase. 5-85 . and small. frame. If these are not removed. repair. Clean any areas where mud Any stone chips. fractures or deep scratches in the and debris can collect. corrosion and rust can develop on the Although no defect in the paint job causes this. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle. we will underbody parts such as fuel lines. can do this for you. Bare metal the frame should be loosened before being flushed.Finish Damage At least every spring. floor pan. whichever occurs first. This damage can Underbody Maintenance take two forms: blotchy. 12 months or 12. ring-shaped discolorations. Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up materials available from your dealer/retailer. irregular dark spots etched into the Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust paint surface.

grime. Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics. Odorless spray odor Removes dust. Cleaner Wax Removes light scratches and protects finish. 5-86 . Polishing Cloth Interior and exterior Wax-Treated polishing cloth. Cleans. Tar and Road Oil Removes tar.Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials Description Usage Removes swirl marks. vinyl and Chrome and Wire Wheel cloth upholstery. No wiping Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or Low Gloss necessary. fine Description Usage Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface contamination. Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl. Biodegradable and Removes dirt. road oil and Remover asphalt. Finish Enhancer contaminants. Spray on wipe off. leather and carpet. phosphate free. Wash Wax Concentrate lightly waxes. Polish stainless steel. fingerprints. and surface vinyl. Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints. Removes spots and stains Removes dirt and grime Spot Lifter from carpets. Cleans and Cleaner marks from whitewalls. Medium foaming White Sidewall Tire Removes soil and black shampoo. Cleaner from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers. shines and Foaming Tire Shine protects tires.

Do not remove this label from the vehicle.Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in your VIN is the engine code. See Capacities and Specifications on page 5-94 for your vehicle’s engine code. on • Model designation the driver side. This code helps you identify your vehicle’s engine. and replacement parts. You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle. The label has the following information: This is the legal identifier for your vehicle. Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the inside of the glove box. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) specifications. 5-87 . It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts. The VIN also • Paint information appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service • Production options and special equipment Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration. It appears on • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel.

the circuit breaker opens and closes. If this happens. it fixed. 5-88 . Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle. If the motor overheats due to heavy should. Some add-on electrical equipment The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit can keep other components from working as they breaker and a fuse. An electrical overload will cause the lamps to turn off. have your headlamp wiring Notice: Do not add anything electrical to your checked right away. protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away. vehicle unless you check with your dealer/retailer first. Some electrical equipment can damage Windshield Wiper Fuses your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty. see Servicing Power Windows and Other Power Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 1-64. etc. have if your vehicle is not operating. When the current load is too heavy. If Add-on equipment can drain your vehicle’s battery. even the overload is caused by some electrical problem. the wiper will stop until the motor cools. Your vehicle has an airbag system. Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories.Electrical System Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses in the fuse Add-On Electrical Equipment block. snow..

insert the tabs at the back end first. To reinstall the door.Fuses and Circuit Breakers Instrument Panel Fuse Block The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses. you can borrow one that has the same amperage. then push the door into the instrument panel to secure it. open the fuse panel door by pulling it out. This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems. To access the fuses. The instrument panel fuse block is located on the end of the instrument panel. Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. If you ever have a problem on the road and don’t have a spare fuse. Replace it as soon as you can. Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without – like the radio or cigarette lighter – and use its fuse. Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. on the driver side of the vehicle. circuit breakers and fusible thermal links. 5-89 . replace the fuse. If the band is broken or melted. if it is the correct amperage.

Brake Transmission Shift CLSTR. Fuses Usage AIRBAG Airbag WPR Wiper RADIO/CLK Radio/Clock ECM Engine Control Module AIRBAG Airbag AUX LTR Extra Jack TRN SIG Turn Signal Lamps LAMPS ABS Antilock Brake System LTR Cigarette Lighter Cluster. BTSI Interlock/Automatic Transmission Shift Lock (BTSI) Solenoid RKE Remote Keyless Entry BCK/UP Back-up BLANK Not Used TCM Transmission Control Module BATT SAVER Battery Saver ENG FUSE Engine Fuse Box. Daytime Running BOX DRL Lamps 5-90 .

5-91 . To reinstall the cover. press in the top flap to release the cover. Fuses Usage Engine Compartment Fuse Block HAZRD LAMPS Hazard Lamps A/C. Clock HVAC Heating. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical components on your vehicle may damage it. push the cover until it is secure. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 for more information on location. near the battery. To access the fuses. Ventilation and Air Conditioning RKE Remote Keyless Entry RADIO Radio S/ROOF Sunroof DLC Data Link Connector IMMOBILIZER Immobilizer The engine compartment fuse block is located on the driver side of the vehicle. CLK Air Conditioning Switch.

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage HEAD LAMPS Headlamps A/C Air Conditioning ECM Engine Control Module HORN Horn I/P FUSE Instrument Panel Fuse HI BEAM Headlamp High-Beam FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump DRIVER’S Driver Power Window PWR WNDW 5-92 .

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage STOP LAMPS Stoplamps IGN 1 Ignition 1 DR/LCK Door Lock FUSE PLR Fuse Puller MIR HTD Heated Mirror COOL Cooling Fan Low FRT FOG Front Fog FAN LOW License Plate Lamp. Parking DEFOG Defog ILLUM LT Lamp Left COOL FAN HI Cooling Fan High INJ Injector PWR WNDW Power Window Evaporative Emission (EVAP) ENG SNSR Canister Purge Solenoid. Parking ILLUM RT ILLUM Illumination Relay Lamp Right LOW BEAM RT Headlamp Low-Beam Right A/C CMPRSR Air Conditioning Compressor SPARE Spare HORN Horn SPARE Spare DEFOG Defog SPARE Spare FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump BATT PWR Battery Power MAIN Main Relay ABS Antilock Brake System COOL FAN HI Cooling Fan High HVAC BLWR HVAC Blower PWR WNDW Power Window IGN 2 Ignition 2 HEAD LAMPS Headlamp Relay 5-93 . Heated Relays Usage Oxygen Sensor (HO2S). CMP Sensor COOL Cooling Fan Low FAN LOW LOW BEAM LT Headlamp Low-Beam Left FRT FOG Front Fog Illumination Circuit. Cooling Fan Relay.

see the refrigerant caution label located Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a under the hood. When adding.9 qt 1.Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions.9 L Transmission. Automatic 7. Capacities Application English Metric For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount. be sure to fill to the appropriate level.2 qt 4.3 qt 6.0 L Transmission.5 gal 55.0L L4 (L34) Z 0.0 L Fuel Tank 14. Recheck fluid level after filling.9 qt 7.5 L Engine Oil with Filter 4. Cooling System 7. See your dealer/retailer for more information. See Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-26 for more information. Manual 1. as recommended in this manual.0mm) Manual 5-94 .039 inch (1.8 L Wheel Nut Torque 81 lb ft 110 Y All capacities are approximate. Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Automatic and 2.

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name. Part GM Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 96553450 Engine Oil Filter 96458873 Fuel Filter 96335719 A/C Filter 96554378 Spark Plugs 93742299 Windshield Wiper Blades Driver’s Side 96478670 Passenger’s Side 96498696 Rear 96341429 5-95 . or specification can be obtained from your dealer/retailer. part number.

Engine Drive Belt Routing 5-96 .

.....6-24 Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services ............ Suspension and Front Drive Axle How This Section is Organized .....6-20 Introduction ..............................6-2 Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections .................6-24 Selecting the Right Schedule .................6-2 Steering.6-14 Brake System Inspection .................6-26 At Each Fuel Fill ................6-24 Your Vehicle and the Environment ......6-19 6-1 ...........................................6-25 Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance ...........................6-21 Maintenance Requirements .....................6-7 Throttle System Inspection ........................6-28 At Least Once a Month ........................................................................................... Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule ....................................6-4 Exhaust System Inspection .....................6-4 Fuel System Inspection .....................................................................6-25 Part B: Owner Checks and Services .................6-3 Boot and Seal Inspection ...............................6-24 Using the Maintenance Schedule ......6-19 Part E: Maintenance Record ........6-5 Engine Cooling System Inspection .............................6-2 At Least Twice a Year .........6-19 Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants .......................6-2 At Least Once a Year .................................6-24 Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance ...

inspections and Introduction recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good Important: Keep engine oil at the proper level and working condition. To help protect supplements your new vehicle warranties. Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe. but also helps the environment. See your our environment. Any damage caused by failure change as recommended.Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Requirements Maintenance intervals. be sure to maintain your vehicle properly. to follow scheduled maintenance may not be covered by warranty. Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan the level of emissions from your vehicle. 6-2 . checks. and to keep your vehicle in good Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your condition. Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition. dealer/retailer for details.

should be used whether you do the work yourself or have it done. Keep your maintenance receipts. {CAUTION: “Part E: Maintenance Record” is a place for you to record and keep track of the maintenance performed on Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can your vehicle. or their equivalents. If you want to purchase service information. “Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” lists Your dealer/retailer has trained and supported service some recommended products necessary to help people that will perform the work using genuine parts. If you have any doubt. It also explains what This maintenance schedule is divided into five parts: you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition. “Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services” explains what to have done and how often. See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5-5. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty be dangerous. you repairs. Some of these “Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections” explains services can be complex. see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7-15. In trying to do some jobs.How This Section is Organized “Part B: Owner Checks and Services” tells you what should be checked and when. you perform for you. Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know-how and the proper tools and equipment for the job. so unless you are technically important inspections that your dealer/retailer can qualified and have the necessary equipment. can be seriously injured. These products. keep your vehicle properly maintained. 6-3 . have a qualified technician do the work. should let your dealer/retailer do these jobs.

Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these. You might use your vehicle in • carry passengers and cargo within recommended making deliveries. You will find these on the Tire and Loading do errands. All parts should be replaced and all necessary We want to keep your vehicle in good working condition. So please read the driving limits.Part A: Scheduled Maintenance This part tells you the maintenance services you should have done and when to schedule them. to limits. The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Using the Maintenance Schedule Part D. maintenance needs vary. Services When you go to your dealer/retailer for your service In this part are scheduled maintenance services which needs. These schedules are for vehicles that: Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot. following and note how you drive. Or you might drive it to work. you will know that trained and supported service are to be performed at the mileage intervals specified. might drive short distances only a few times a week. people will perform the work using genuine parts. See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-18. see your dealer/retailer. If you have • use the recommended fuel. 6-4 . You might need more • are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal frequent checks and replacements. or in many other ways. Because of the different ways people use their vehicles. See Gasoline Octane questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition. dusty weather. You vehicle. repairs done before you or anyone else drives the But we do not know exactly how you will drive it. on page 5-6. Information label.

EVAP System you operate your vehicle under any of these conditions Solenoid Valve Replacement. Every 60. driving in stop-and-go traffic.000 Miles (150 000 km): Fuel Filter Replacement. These intervals only summarize maintenance services. Timing Belt Replacement. System Service. schedule to follow: Every 6.000 Miles (50 000 km): Engine Air Cleaner particularly important when outside temperatures Filter Replacement. Short Trip/City Definition Every 15. police. Here is how to decide which Change (or 3 months. EVAP are below freezing. • Most trips are less than 5 miles (8 km). Spark Plug Replacement. Every 37. taxi.000 Miles (25 000 km): Engine Air Cleaner Follow the Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance if any Filter Inspection. Passenger Compartment Air Filter one of these conditions is true for your vehicle: Replacement. such as frequent System Check. is that these conditions cause engine oil to break down sooner.000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter is right for your vehicle.500 Miles (60 000 km): Automatic • If the vehicle is used for delivery service. or other commercial application.000 Miles (100 000 km): Spark Plug Wire One of the reasons you should follow this schedule if Replacement. Every 150. This is Every 30. whichever occurs first). Transmission Fluid Change (severe service only). Restraint • Most trips include extensive idling. PCV System Service. Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance on the following pages. Drive Belt(s) Inspection.000 Miles (240 000 km): Cooling System Service.000 Miles (10 000 km): Tire Rotation. 6-5 .Selecting the Right Schedule Short Trip/City Intervals First you will need to decide which of the two schedules Every 3. Every 90.

Service. Do not use this schedule if the vehicle is driven in a dusty area or used off paved roads. 6-6 .000 Miles (100 000 km): Spark Plug Wire highway conditions will cause engine oil to break Replacement. Every 7. These intervals only summarize maintenance services. Solenoid Valve Replacement. PCV System Service. EVAP Follow this scheduled maintenance only if none of the System Service.500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and Filter Change (or every 12 months. Timing Belt Replacement. Tire Rotation.000 Miles (50 000 km): Engine Air Cleaner Filter Replacement.000 Miles (150 000 km): Fuel Filter Replacement. Every 37. Every 15.500 Miles (60 000 km): Automatic Use the Short Trip/City schedule for these conditions. Spark Plug Replacement.Long Trip/Highway Definition Every 30. Drive Belt(s) Inspection.000 Miles (25 000 km): Engine Air Cleaner Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance Filter Inspection. Maintenance are true. Replacement. whichever occurs Every 150. Long Trip/Highway Intervals Every 90. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under Every 60. Transmission Fluid Change (severe service only). Restraint conditions from the Short Trip/City Scheduled System Check.000 Miles (240 000 km): Cooling System first). EVAP System down slower. Passenger Compartment Air Filter on the following pages.

the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle’s useful life. this vehicle. See Tire Inspection and Rotation vehicle.) See Part B: Owner Checks and Services on page 6-19 and Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections on 9.000 Miles (10 000 km) (166 000 km) at the same intervals for the life of ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. Footnotes whichever occurs first). (240 000 km) should be repeated at the same interval after 150. We.Short Trip/City Scheduled 3.000 Miles (5 000 km) Maintenance ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. See Tire Inspection and Rotation urge that all recommended maintenance services be on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and performed at the indicated intervals and the additional information. ❑ Rotate tires. An Emission Control Service. 6-7 .000 Miles (20 000 km) California Air Resources Board has determined that the ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. (See footnote +.000 Miles (15 000 km) page 6-24. † The U.000 miles (166 000 km) should be repeated after 100. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information.000 miles 6. (See footnote +. The services shown in this schedule up to 100. failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify whichever occurs first).000 miles (240 000 km) for the life of this ❑ Rotate tires.S. however. See Brake System Inspection on page 6-25. An Emission Control Service.000 miles whichever occurs first). The services shown at 150. whichever occurs first).) maintenance be recorded. Environmental Protection Agency or the 12. + A good time to check your brakes is during tire rotation. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.

additional information. See Tire Inspection and Rotation regularly under dusty conditions. See Engine whichever occurs first). the filter may on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and require replacement more often. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Replace spark plugs. If you drive whichever occurs first). 6-8 . An Emission Control Service. If necessary.000 Miles (45 000 km) filter. See Tire Inspection and Rotation require replacement more often.15. ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). (See footnote +. ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. (See footnote +. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (30 000 km) whichever occurs first). See Tire Inspection and Rotation on 21.) whichever occurs first).000 Miles (35 000 km) page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. whichever occurs first). information.) Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information. If you drive ❑ Rotate tires. (See footnote +. replace the 27. the filter may ❑ Rotate tires. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. 30.) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter and replace engine oil pan drain plug washer. 18. ❑ Rotate tires. whichever occurs first). on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter. See Engine Air additional information.000 Miles (40 000 km) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. regularly under dusty conditions. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. If vehicle is driven in dusty/dirty conditions.000 Miles (50 000 km) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. inspect filter at every engine oil change. Air Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information.000 Miles (25 000 km) 24.

000 Miles (60 000 km) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. whichever occurs first). Have any torn or frayed temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) safety belts replaced.) on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote †. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (65 000 km) 33. and EVAP vent service. If you see mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: anything that might keep a safety belt system from − In heavy city traffic where the outside doing its job. (See footnote +. (See footnote +. − In hilly or mountainous terrain. An Emission Control Service. Restraint Systems on page 1-66. An Emission Control Service.) conditions. the fluid does not require changing. 42.) 39.500 Miles (60 000 km) reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Rotate tires. or delivery ❑ Inspect EVAP canister. See Tire Inspection and Rotation additional information. If you do not use your vehicle under any of these (See footnote †. have it repaired.❑ Check restraint system. See Tire Inspection and Rotation whichever occurs first). Make sure the safety belt 37. Look for any other loose or ❑ Change automatic transmission fluid if the vehicle is damaged safety belt system parts. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. − Uses such as found in taxi. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.000 Miles (70 000 km) 36. whichever occurs first). vapor lines. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. Also see Checking the or higher.) 6-9 . ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). ❑ Inspect PCV system. on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and ❑ Rotate tires. police. solenoid valve.000 Miles (55 000 km) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.

See ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.000 Miles (100 000 km) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. replace the filter. on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (See footnote +. See Tire Inspection and Rotation regularly under dusty conditions. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (80 000 km) whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (95 000 km) inspect filter at every engine oil change. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.) whichever occurs first).) Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Rotate tires. the filter may on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and require replacement more often. whichever occurs first). If you drive ❑ Rotate tires. ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. If you drive whichever occurs first).000 Miles (85 000 km) page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more whichever occurs first).000 Miles (90 000 km) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. (See footnote +. ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. 48. If necessary. regularly under dusty conditions. An Emission Control Service. 60. (See footnote +. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. additional information. ❑ Replace spark plug wires. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on 51. information. information. 57.000 Miles (75 000 km) 54. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. If vehicle is driven in dusty/dirty conditions. ❑ Replace spark plugs.45. whichever occurs first). See Engine Air additional information. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). 6-10 . See Tire Inspection and Rotation require replacement more often. the filter may ❑ Rotate tires.) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter.

If you drive 63. (See footnote †. (See footnote +. ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter.000 Miles (105 000 km) regularly under dusty conditions. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. An Emission Control Service. Have any torn or frayed 72. ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). whichever occurs first).000 Miles (110 000 km) inspect filter at every engine oil change. An Emission Control 75. If you see whichever occurs first). ❑ Rotate tires.) ❑ Inspect EVAP canister and vapor lines. Restraint Systems on page 1-66. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. 66. If necessary. replace the filter.000 Miles (120 000 km) safety belts replaced. (See footnote +. damaged safety belt system parts. whichever occurs first). the filter may require replacement more often.) 6-11 . Look for any other loose or ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. (See footnote †.❑ Check restraint system. ❑ Inspect PCV system. Also see Checking the ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. Replace EVAP vent solenoid valve.) ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. whichever occurs first). Make sure the safety belt 69. whichever occurs first). If vehicle is driven in dusty/dirty conditions.) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. ❑ Rotate tires. have it repaired. information. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job.000 Miles (125 000 km) Service. See Tire Inspection and Rotation ❑ Replace timing belt.000 Miles (115 000 km) reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.

the fluid does not require changing. whichever occurs first). additional information. page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. See Engine Air 81. temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.) require replacement more often.000 Miles (130 000 km) 90. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and − In hilly or mountainous terrain.) − Uses such as found in taxi. 78. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (150 000 km) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.000 Miles (140 000 km) mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. ❑ Rotate tires. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service.❑ Change automatic transmission fluid if the vehicle is 84. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on whichever occurs first). See Tire Inspection and Rotation ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. or delivery service. conditions. (See footnote +. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. − In heavy city traffic where the outside whichever occurs first).000 Miles (145 000 km) If you do not use your vehicle under any of these ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. police. whichever occurs first).) 6-12 . 87. If you drive on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and regularly under dusty conditions. ❑ Rotate tires. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (135 000 km) Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information. the filter may additional information. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (See footnote +. (See footnote +. ❑ Rotate tires.

page 5-19 for what to use. flush. Make sure the safety belt ❑ Rotate tires. whichever occurs first). ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from 99. See Engine Coolant on ❑ Inspect PCV system. 93.) perform this service. and refill cooling system. Also see Checking the ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. (See footnote †. Inspect hoses. condenser.) radiator.❑ Replace spark plugs. pressure cap.) whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. you should have your dealer/retailer (See footnote †. and neck.000 Miles (155 000 km) An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (165 000 km) doing its job.000 Miles (160 000 km) ❑ Replace fuel filter. Look for any other loose or additional information. Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap. Restraint Systems on page 1-66. An Emission Control Service. can be complex. 6-13 . An Emission Control Service. have it repaired. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. This service vent solenoid valve. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Check restraint system.) damaged safety belt system parts. Clean (See footnote †. An Emission Control Service. 150. ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). whichever occurs first).000 Miles (240 000 km) ❑ Inspect EVAP canister. 96. and EVAP ❑ Drain. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced. vapor lines. See Tire Inspection and Rotation reminder light and safety belt assemblies are on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and working properly. (See footnote +.

+ A good time to check your brakes is during tire rotation. Environmental Protection Agency or the ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter. An Emission Control The services shown in this schedule up to 100. maintenance be recorded. See Brake System Inspection on page 6-25.000 Miles (25 000 km) vehicle.000 miles ❑ Rotate tires.) performed at the indicated intervals and the ❑ Inspect drive belt(s).000 miles information. ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter.000 miles (240 000 km) for the life of this 15. An Emission Control and Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections on Service. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on (166 000 km) at the same intervals for the life of page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional this vehicle. the filter may require replacement more often. (See footnote +. If you Footnotes drive regularly under dusty conditions. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. (166 000 km) should be repeated after 100. 6-14 . (See footnote +. whichever occurs first).S.500 Miles (12 500 km) Maintenance ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. See Engine Air California Air Resources Board has determined that the Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information.) (240 000 km) should be repeated at the same interval after 150. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on the completion of the vehicle’s useful life. The services shown at 150. however. page 6-24.000 miles Service. See Part B: Owner Checks and Services on page 6-19 whichever occurs first). We. page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional urge that all recommended maintenance services be information. † The U.Long Trip/Highway Scheduled 7. failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to ❑ Rotate tires.

and EVAP whichever occurs first).000 Miles (50 000 km) 37. whichever occurs first). If you drive regularly under dusty conditions. ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. ❑ Inspect EVAP canister. the fluid does not require changing. the filter may require ❑ Rotate tires. belt system parts. police. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission Control Service.) 30.) ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter. Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working − Uses such as found in taxi.500 Miles (37 500 km) ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). An Emission Control Service. (See footnote +. vent solenoid valve. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on replacement more often. Look for any other loose or damaged safety service. 6-15 . − In hilly or mountainous terrain. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional ❑ Inspect PCV system. or delivery properly. ❑ Replace spark plugs. If you see anything that might keep If you do not use your vehicle under any of these a safety belt system from doing its job.500 Miles (62 500 km) ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.22. ❑ Check restraint system. information. An Emission Control Service. have it conditions. ❑ Change automatic transmission fluid if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: ❑ Rotate tires.) temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher. repaired. Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1-66. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional − In heavy city traffic where the outside information. (See footnote +. An Emission Control Service.) ❑ Rotate tires. page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) (See footnote †. (See footnote +. (See footnote †. whichever occurs first). vapor lines. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.

❑ Check restraint system. Make sure the safety belt ❑ Rotate tires.) 60. (See footnote +. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced. Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on 52. An Emission Control Service. the filter may require replacement more often. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on Service. whichever occurs first). See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional ❑ Inspect EVAP canister and vapor lines.) vent solenoid valve. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). ❑ Replace timing belt.) whichever occurs first). the filter ❑ Replace spark plugs. may require replacement more often. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. Replace EVAP information. ❑ Replace spark plug wires.) belt system parts. An Emission Control Service. If you drive regularly under dusty conditions. (See footnote +. have it ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job. (See footnote †.500 Miles (87 500 km) page 1-66. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional properly. If you drive regularly under dusty conditions.45. ❑ Rotate tires.000 Miles (100 000 km) ❑ Inspect PCV system. (See footnote +. page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. An Emission Control Service. See Engine Air Service. An Emission Control ❑ Rotate tires. Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information. repaired.) ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. An Emission Control ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter. 6-16 .000 Miles (75 000 km) ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter. ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information. Look for any other loose or damaged safety information. (See footnote †.

police. See Engine Air Service. the fluid does not require changing. may require replacement more often. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) information. Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information. An Emission Control conditions.500 Miles (137 500 km) drive regularly under dusty conditions. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional higher. (See footnote +. − In heavy city traffic where the outside ❑ Rotate tires. ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. information. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission Control ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter. ❑ Change automatic transmission fluid if the vehicle is whichever occurs first). If you do not use your vehicle under any of these whichever occurs first).) 6-17 .) − In hilly or mountainous terrain. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. or delivery 75. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on ❑ Rotate tires.67.500 Miles (112 500 km) ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). ❑ Rotate tires. Service. (See footnote +. If you 82. An Emission Control mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: Service.000 Miles (125 000 km) service. whichever occurs first). (See footnote +. − Uses such as found in taxi. the filter ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.

❑ Inspect EVAP canister. See Engine Coolant on damaged safety belt system parts. Also see Checking the An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control ❑ Rotate tires. vapor lines and EVAP whichever occurs first). Make sure the safety belt ❑ Drain. Service. flush. you should have your dealer/retailer working properly. have it repaired. If you see page 5-19 for what to use. 97. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.90.000 Miles (150 000 km) ❑ Inspect drive belt(s). safety belts replaced. drive regularly under dusty conditions.) 150.) ❑ Replace fuel filter. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. and refill cooling system. Look for any other loose or perform this service. Clean anything that might keep a safety belt system from radiator. (See footnote †. Have any torn or frayed Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap. information. (See footnote +. Inspect hoses. An Emission Control Service.) may require replacement more often. Restraint Systems on page 1-66.500 Miles (162 500 km) ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter. This service reminder light and safety belt assemblies are can be complex. doing its job. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional ❑ Replace spark plugs. See Tire Inspection and Rotation on Service. (See footnote †.000 Miles (240 000 km) ❑ Check restraint system. If you ❑ Inspect PCV system. pressure cap. 6-18 . An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.) ❑ Replace passenger compartment air filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 5-16 for more information. (See footnote +. page 5-60 for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) ❑ Rotate tires. condenser. and neck. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control vent solenoid valve. An Emission Control Service. the filter (See footnote †.

make sure they are the proper ones. control performance of your vehicle. At Each Fuel Fill At Least Once a Month It is important to perform these underhood checks at Tire Inflation Check each fuel fill.Tire Pressure on page 5-56. 6-19 . Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary. See Engine Oil on page 5-13. in Part D. See Engine Coolant help ensure the safety. Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once. dependability and emission on page 5-19.Part B: Owner Checks and Services Engine Coolant Level Check Listed in this part are owner checks and services Check the engine coolant level and add DEX-COOL® which should be performed at the intervals specified to coolant mixture if necessary. Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if vehicle. Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty. as shown necessary. Inspect the tires and make sure the tires are inflated to Engine Oil Level Check the correct pressures. Do not forget to check the spare tire. Notice: It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level. See Inflation .

Check for leaks. 6-20 . or loss.At Least Twice a Year Automatic Transmission Check It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5-48 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on Manual Transmission Check page 5-83 for more information. longer. damaged. cracking. Check the clutch pedal and brake pedal for free play and adjust as necessary. During very cold. If a leak occurs. seal better. Have the system inspected and repaired if Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last needed. if to your dealer/retailer and have it repaired as soon contaminated. Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth. Clutch and Brake Pedal Free Play damp weather more frequent application may be Check required. take the vehicle contamination. and not stick or squeak. Check for leaks. Clean the windshield and wiper blades. See Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-26. A fluid leak is the only reason for Weatherstrip Lubrication fluid loss. Wiper Blade Check A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid Inspect wiper blades for wear. Replace wiper blades that are worn or as possible.

At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check Key Lock Cylinders Service Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant {CAUTION: specified in Part D. On manual transmission vehicles. When you are doing this inspection. Before you start. Part D tells you what to use. spring anchor. be sure you have enough room lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive around the vehicle. On automatic transmission vehicles. 2. If the starter works when the clutch pedal is not pushed all the way down. put the shift lever in NEUTRAL. moves. The starter should work only in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). hood and body door hinges. and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts. and any folding seat hardware. your vehicle needs service. try to start the engine in each gear. your vehicle needs service. the Body Lubrication Service vehicle could move suddenly. 6-21 . Do not use the accelerator pedal. Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake. 3. More frequent 1. you or others could be injured. The starter should work only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the way to the floor. pivots. push the clutch pedal down halfway and try to start the engine. If the vehicle Lubricate all hood latch assemblies. release pawl. environment. If the starter works in any other position. secondary latch. rear compartment. See Parking Brake on page 2-28 if necessary.

the ignition {CAUTION: should turn to LOCK/OFF only when the shift lever is in PARK (P).Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked. 3. 6-22 . If the vehicle to LOCK/OFF only when you press the key release moves. It surface. • With an automatic transmission. the • With a manual transmission. When you are doing this inspection. Before you start. try to turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF in each shift lever position. you or others could be injured. Firmly apply the parking brake. It should be parked on a level Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right. Without applying the regular brake. and with the parking brake set. should only lock when turned to the right. 2. With the engine off. try to move the shift lever out of PARK (P) with normal effort. button. Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move. the ignition should turn vehicle could move suddenly. but do not start the engine. If the shift lever moves out of PARK (P). turn the ignition to ON/RUN. be sure you have enough room LOCK/OFF. On all vehicles. your vehicle needs service. See Parking Brake on page 2-28 if necessary. around the vehicle. the ignition key should come out only in 1.

with the vehicle facing downhill. When you are doing this check. shift to PARK (P). case it begins to roll. Make Then release the parking brake followed by the sure there is room in front of your vehicle in regular brake. use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. At least every spring. your vehicle • To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding could begin to move. injured and property could be damaged. slowly remove foot pressure from {CAUTION: the regular brake pedal. Transmission Park (P) Mechanism set the parking brake. Be ready to apply the Underbody Flushing Service regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.Parking Brake and Automatic Park on a fairly steep hill. 6-23 . Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect. You or others could be ability: With the engine running. Check • To check the parking brake’s holding ability: With the engine running and transmission in NEUTRAL (N). Keeping your foot on the regular brake.

for instance. Clean and then inspect the drive To help ensure proper operation. should be performed at least twice a year. You should let your dealer/retailer could cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let do these jobs. at least once a year. wear or lack of lubrication. 6-24 . leaks. on page 2-32. outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser. etc. Listed in this part are inspections and services which missing. See Service Publications Fuel System Inspection Ordering Information on page 7-15. a pressure test of axle boot seals for damage. loose connections. or other conditions which each spring and fall. Inspect the power steering fittings and clamps. cracks. Inspect the body near the exhaust system. Proper procedures to perform these services can be found in a service manual. damaged. holes. loose or missing parts. Look for broken. signs of are cracked. Clean the lines and hoses for proper hook-up. swollen or deteriorated. Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection Engine Cooling System Inspection Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they system for damaged. Inspect all pipes. Inspect the complete fuel system for damage or leaks. chafing. Steering. Replace the cooling system and pressure cap is recommended seals if necessary. or out-of-position parts as well as open seams. binding. Make sure any necessary repairs exhaust fumes into the vehicle. tears or leakage.Part C: Periodic Maintenance Exhaust System Inspection Inspections Inspect the complete exhaust system. replace as needed. See Engine Exhaust are completed at once.

6-25 . cracks. as needed. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors effort or excessive wear. etc. parking brake. leaks.Throttle System Inspection Brake System Inspection Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding. etc. Do not lubricate accelerator for surface condition. You may need to have your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions result in frequent braking. Inspect brake lines and and for damaged or missing parts. Inspect the complete system. Inspect other brake parts. binding. Replace any components that have high chafing. including calipers. and cruise control cables. Replace parts hoses for proper hook-up.

Part D: Recommended Fluids and Usage Fluid/Lubricant Lubricants Windshield ® Washer Solvent Optikleen Washer Solvent. or specification can be obtained from your Power Steering DEXRON®-VI Automatic dealer/retailer. Canada 10953474). 50/50 mixture of clean. Hydraulic Brake Delco® Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid. To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle’s Key Lock Multi-Purpose Lubricant. Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays Manual Transmission Fluid the American Petroleum Institute Manual (GM Part No.S. See Engine Coolant on Transmission Canada 88901242) or lubricant page 5-19 Shift Linkage meeting requirements of NLGI #2. 12346241.S. drinkable Chassis Lubricant (GM Part water and use only DEX-COOL® Manual No. 12377985. Superlube engine. U. in Canada 89021903). in Cylinders page 5-13. in Engine Coolant Coolant. U. 89021806. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name. see Engine Oil on (GM Part No.S. Certified for Gasoline Engines Transmission in Canada 89021807). part number. U. 6-26 . Engine Oil starburst symbol. Automatic Transmission Fluid ESSO Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission LT 71141 or TOTAL ATF H50235 (GM Part No. System Transmission Fluid. Category LB or GC-LB.

U. Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Conditioning (GM Part No. Anchor. in Hinges (GM Part No. U.S.S. U. 12346241. Canada 992723) or lubricant Pivots. 12346293. Category LB or GC-LB.S. 12345579.S. 12377985. Latch. Spring meeting requirements of NLGI #2. Release Pawl 6-27 . in Lubrication Canada 88901242) or lubricant Canada 10953474). meeting requirements of NLGI #2. in Canada 10953518) Hood Latch or Dielectric Silicone Grease Assembly. Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. and Category LB or GC-LB. Superlube Chassis No. in Canada 992887). U. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Usage Fluid/Lubricant Chassis Lubricant (GM Part Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant. in Secondary (GM Part No.S. Weatherstrip U. 3634770.

odometer reading. you should retain all maintenance receipts. and who performed the service and any additional information from “Owner Checks and Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” on the following record pages. Maintenance Record Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Record Reading 6-28 . record the date.Part E: Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed. Also.

Maintenance Record (cont’d) Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Record Reading 6-29 .

Maintenance Record (cont’d) Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Record Reading 6-30 .

............................................................7-4 Government ..........7-16 Courtesy Transportation .......................7-9 OnStar® .7-6 Service Publications Ordering Information ..................7-16 Scheduling Service Appointments .7-10 Navigation System ..7-17 Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) ..............................................................7-13 Customer Assistance for Text Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Telephone (TTY) Users ....7-8 Event Data Recorders .............. Section 7 Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information .............7-6 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ................................7-17 7-1 .................................................7-5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors .................................................7-17 Collision Damage Repair ...............7-2 Reporting Safety Defects ......................7-15 Roadside Assistance Program ...7-14 Customer Assistance Offices ..........7-4 States Government ..............................................................................7-13 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ..................................................7-2 Reporting Safety Defects to the United Online Owner Center ................................7-14 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program .....

however. contact the owner of the dealership or the are completely satisfied with your new vehicle.S. it appears your concern cannot be you should file with the Better Business Bureau (BBB) resolved by the dealership without further help. Owners: Both General Motors already been reviewed with the sales. Although you may be required to 7-2 .Customer Assistance and We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention.. U. However. or parts and your dealer are committed to making sure you manager. if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following STEP TWO: If after contacting a member of dealership the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two. please remember that your satisfaction. in the Auto Line Program to enforce your rights. Normally. general manager. despite the best • Vehicle delivery date and present mileage intentions of all concerned. any concerns visible through the windshield. with the sales transaction or the operation of your • Dealership name and location. This is available from the vehicle registration or title. If the matter has STEP THREE — U. Sometimes. be quickly resolved at that level. service. Normally. In Canada. management. If your concern has not been resolved to your When contacting Chevrolet. or the Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to plate at the top left of the instrument panel and your dealer and to Chevrolet. contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program by calling 1-800-222-1020. concerns can have a concern. Please have Information the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative: Customer Satisfaction Procedure • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). vehicle will be resolved by your dealer’s sales or service departments.S. occur. misunderstandings can (kilometers). STEP ONE: Discuss your concern with a member of That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you dealership management. the following steps should be taken: concern will likely be resolved at a dealer’s facility. Limited Warranty. contact General administered by the Council of Better Business Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle (French).

General Motors reserves the The Mediation/Arbitration Program right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue c/o Customer Communication Centre its participation in this program. 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 For further information concerning eligibility in the Arlington. 7-3 . and may include an venue for relief available to you. you may call Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 the General Motors Customer Communication Centre. Inc. This program is available in all 50 states and the District 1-800-263-3777 (English). call toll-free 1-800-207-0685. Alternatively. General Motors of Canada Limited filing a court action. use of the program is free of has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes charge and your case will generally be heard within involving factory-related vehicle service claims. and other factors. General Motors of Canada Limited STEP THREE — Canadian Owners: In the event that Mail Code: CA1-163-005 you do not feel your concerns have been addressed 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa. The 40 days. 1-800-263-7854 (French). of Columbia. Council of Better Business Bureaus. informal hearing before the arbiter. If you do not agree with the decision given in program provides for the review of the facts involved by your case. General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle aware of its participation in a no-charge Mediation/ Identification Number (VIN). The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the process. and free of charge. from the time you file your complaint to the toll-free telephone number or write them at the final decision. should be completed in about 70 days. following address: We believe our impartial program offers advantages over BBB Auto Line Program courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal.resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to Arbitration Program. Ontario L1H 8P7 after following the procedure outlined in Steps 1 and 2. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age. you may reject it and proceed with any other an impartial third party arbiter. or you may write to: mileage. VA 22203-1838 Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). quick.

and use handy Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. including tips and videos and an electronic − My Preferences: Manage your profile.com where you can save information on dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV (2438). hard of hearing. get personalized offers. can communicate with Chevrolet by gmcanada. • Access information about your specific vehicle. preferred GM Dealers or Retailers. visit the My GM Canada maintenance schedule.gmcanada. 7-4 .S.Online Owner Center Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to: (United States only) − My Showroom: Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area. • Keep track of your vehicle’s service history and To sign up to My GM Canada. The Online Owner Center allows you to: − My Driveway: Receive service reminders and • Get e-mail service reminders. Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at My GM Canada (Canada only) its Customer Assistance Center. Specific vehicle information can be found in address and phone number for each of your one place. Any TTY user in My GM Canada is a password-protected section of the U. The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership − My Dealers/Retailers: Save details such as needs. or speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs).com on the web for updated To assist customers who are deaf.com. Customer Assistance for Text • Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members. (TTY users in GM vehicles. • Find GM dealers/retailers for service nationwide. E-News and use tools and forms with greater ease. information and to register your vehicle. subscribe to version of this owner manual. helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle. section within www.) tools and forms with greater ease. Telephone (TTY) Users Refer to www.MyGMLink.

CA1-163-005 to write or e-mail Chevrolet. From U.S. de C.gmcanada. devices (TTYs)) Mexico. 11910. Virgin 1-800-496-9992 (English) Islands) — Customer Assistance 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) Fax Number: 313-381-0022 General Motors de Mexico.com United States — Customer Assistance 1-800-263-3777 (English) 1-800-263-7854 (French) Chevrolet Motor Division 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center devices (TTYs)) P. Box 33170 Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 Detroit. the letter should be 1908 Colonel Sam Drive addressed to: Oshawa. Central America and Roadside Assistance: 1-800-CHEV-USA (243-8872) Fax Number: 313-381-0022 Caribbean Islands/Countries From Puerto Rico: (Except Puerto Rico and U. However. de R.O.Chevrolet.S. Virgin Islands: Customer Assistance Center 1-800-496-9994 Paseo de la Reforma # 2740 Fax Number: 313-381-0022 Col. MI 48232-5170 www.com Overseas — Customer Assistance 1-800-222-1020 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit. S.F. Lomas de Bezares C. 01-800-508-0000 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0 800 7-5 . D. if a customer wishes Customer Communication Centre. Mexico.V.L.Customer Assistance Offices Canada — Customer Assistance Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll-free General Motors of Canada Limited number for assistance.P. Ontario L1H 8P7 www.

regardless of ownership. 7-6 . Text telephone (TTY) users.000 of the cost of eligible Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle. a person such as hand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift. driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner The offer is available for a very limited period of time is not eligible for coverage. from the date of vehicle purchase/lease. operator. you are automatically enrolled in the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance program. call 1-800-833-9935. visit gmmobility. call 1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872). For more details.. This program. (Text telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). or to determine your vehicle’s eligibility. call 1-800-268-6800. can Who is Covered? reimburse you up to $1. 365 days a year. In Canada. Service is available 24 hours a day.GM Mobility Reimbursement Roadside Assistance Program Program For vehicles purchased in the U. available to qualified applicants. General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. For vehicles purchased in Canada. Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for details. As the owner of a new Chevrolet vehicle. TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.S.

S. Trip routing requests will be limited to • Lock-out Service: Lock-out service will be covered six per calendar year. anywhere in North (approximately $5 in Canada). To ensure vehicle disablement.000 miles (160 000 km). The customer is responsible Pre-authorization. In you may qualify for trip interruption expense Canada. while en route and over security. original detailed receipts and a for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered copy of the repair order are required. whichever occurs first. highlighting your • Fuel Delivery: Delivery of enough fuel for the choice of either the most direct route or the most vehicle to get to the nearest service station scenic route to your destination. and charge if the vehicle does not start. or snow.Services Provided • Jump Start: A battery jump start is covered at no The following services are provided in the U. in Canada only. • Trip Routing Service (Canada only): Upon request. For safety pertaining to your trip. mud. and. 7-7 . Canada up to 5 years/100. reasons. along with helpful travel information to provide diesel may be restricted. service America. when equipped and properly inflated. $40/day). This benefit is to assist you with some of the unplanned expense you may incur while waiting • Flat Tire Change: Installation of a spare tire in good for your vehicle to be repaired. (B) lodging (maximum of $100/night) and Winch-out assistance is provided when the vehicle is (C) alternate ground transportation (maximum of mired in sand. the vehicle registration is also required. computer personalized maps. This assistance covers reasonable • Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or reimbursement of up to a maximum of $500 Highway: Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty (Canadian) for (A) meals (maximum of $50/day). the driver must present personal 250 kilometres from the original point of departure. up Roadside Assistance will send you detailed. A remote unlock may be available if (Canada only): In the event of a warranty related you have an active OnStar® subscription. is covered at no charge. departure date. condition. propane and other alternative fuels will not Please allow three weeks before your planned be provided through this service. identification before lock-out service is provided. at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into • Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance your vehicle. by a warrantable failure. assistance. service or in the event of a vehicle-disabling crash. to a maximum coverage of $100. In Canada.

impound towing In many instances. in their sole discretion. an owner or driver when. number By scheduling a service appointment and advising your • Telephone number of your location service consultant of your transportation needs. Chevrolet and General Motors of Canada Limited Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Your advisor may authorize you to Towing and Road Service Exclusions secure local emergency road service. color. However. contact • Your name. when Roadside Assistance cannot provide • Description of the problem timely assistance. chains. please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Scheduling Service Appointments Representative: When your vehicle requires warranty service. For prompt and efficient assistance when calling. and delivery date of the vehicle • Alternative Service (Canada only): There may be times. dismounting or repairs are the responsibility of the driver. fines. changing of snow tires. Municipal. mechanical failures may be covered. or other traction devices. year. caused by a violation of local. and you will be reimbursed up to $100 upon submission of the Specifically excluded from Roadside Assistance original receipt to Roadside Assistance. Once authorization has been given. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). and license plate number of the help you make any necessary arrangements and vehicle explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance. any cost for parts and labor for non-warranty Provincial. coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non-public roadway or highway. the Roadside Assistance program at any time without Calling for Assistance notification. your dealer/retailer can help minimize your inconvenience. and mounting. or Federal law. • Odometer reading. State. and home telephone your dealer/retailer and request an appointment. your advisor will • Model. home address. Chevrolet and General Motors of Canada Limited the claims become excessive in frequency or type of reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue occurrence. • Location of the vehicle 7-8 .

you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair. and ask for instructions.S. we and our minimal interruption of your daily schedule. shuttle service. Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Courtesy Transportation. wait. However. If it is. If the dealer/retailer requests that you simply drop the your dealer can offer you one of the following: vehicle off for service. A separate booklet entitled “Warranty amount allowed by GM for shuttle service.S. and assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty public transportation is used instead of the dealer’s repairs are required. with the Bumper to Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada) and extended powertrain warranty Public Transportation or Fuel in both the U. a customer support program for vehicles time and distance parameters of the dealer’s area. the problem is Warranty service can generally be completed while you safety-related. customers. Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with To enhance your ownership experience. GM helps let them know this. Reimbursement Several courtesy transportation options are available to If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs. if you are unable to wait. Depending on the circumstances. please call your dealership/retailer. keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service. for reasonable fuel expenses may be available. limited reimbursement information. to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options.If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service Transportation Options department immediately. This includes participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy one-way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable Transportation. In addition. should you arrange transportation each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage through a friend or relative. of course. 7-9 . unless. and Owner Assistance Information” furnished with for U. the expense must be supported Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum Limited Warranty. and Canada.

See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for All program options. and meet state/provincial. Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements. performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions. and safety courtesy rental. 7-10 . insurance coverage. Poorly performed collision repairs It may not be possible to provide a like-vehicle as a diminish your vehicle’s resale value. such as shuttle service. This pursuant to the terms and conditions described requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement herein at its sole discretion. Rental reimbursement will be limited any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility and must be supported by original receipts. available at every dealer. All Courtesy Courtesy Rental Vehicle Transportation arrangements will be administered Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy by appropriate dealer personnel. replacement parts. Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability. damaged. may not be reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs. or rental usage technician using the proper equipment and quality beyond the completion of the repair. rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify.Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be Additional Program Information supported by original receipts. excessive mileage. have the damage repaired by a qualified usage fees. etc. Collision Damage Repair credit card. levies. You are responsible for fuel usage If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is charges and may also be responsible for taxes. that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at warranty repair. local. and rental vehicle provider requirements.

and comparable equipment. consider switching to another insurance carrier. If such insurance made by companies other than GM and may not coverage is not available from your current insurance have been tested for your vehicle. and may not perform require you to have insurance that assures repairs with properly in subsequent collisions. Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for Insuring Your Vehicle repair. these carrier. or be able to recommend preserved. Genuine GM collision repairs. end of your lease for poor quality repairs. Such parts are not covered by your GM New by using aftermarket collision parts. These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes. the leasing company may durability/corrosion problems. may be an acceptable choice to maintain your afforded by various insurance policy terms.Collision Parts Repair Facility Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair same materials and construction methods as the parts facility that meets your needs before you ever need with which your vehicle was originally built. parts. In most cases. The use of Genuine GM parts can help a collision repair center that has GM-trained technicians maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty. Many vehicle’s originally designed appearance and safety insurance policies provide reduced protection to your performance. durability. the history of these parts is not GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs known. There of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment GM are significant differences in the quality of coverage part. Some insurance Vehicle Limited Warranty. parts may fit poorly. and any vehicle failure related to such parts your lease carefully. These are original equipment collision parts. Your dealer/retailer may have a Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and vehicle’s designed appearance. 7-11 . however. we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM Aftermarket collision parts are also available. When purchasing insurance. exhibit premature If your vehicle is leased. Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections comprehensive and collision insurance coverage. and any related failures companies will not specify aftermarket collision are not covered by that warranty. Aftermarket parts are Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. as you may be charged at the are not covered by that warranty. and safety are state of the art equipment. As a result. Read Warranty.

Vehicle for help. are instructed to move it by a police officer.If a Crash Occurs • Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away. Whether you select a dealer/retailer or a the tow truck operator or write down the driver’s private collision repair facility to fix the damage. address. In some states/provinces with “no fault” insurance • If you need roadside assistance. They will walk you through to police and other parties involved in the crash. call your insurance company from the • Give only the necessary and requested information scene of the crash. name. Make sure this includes your insurance Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash. the information they will need. 7-12 . call GM Roadside laws. number. or anything unrelated to the crash. This is Assistance. Remember. get a copy of the report for a nominal fee. information and registration if you keep these • Try to relax and then check to make sure you are items in your vehicle. mental a police report. make sure you are comfortable with them. make sure that no • Gather the important information you will need from one else in your vehicle. • If your vehicle cannot be driven. department headquarters the next day and you can This will help guard against post-crash legal action. all right. Get a card from vehicle. vehicle license • If there has been an injury. model and model year. phone is injured. call emergency services plate. and the phone number. the other driver. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all Identification Number (VIN). If you are uninjured. and a general description of the vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you damage to the other vehicle. • If possible. driver’s license number. vehicles are driveable. the service’s name. a report may not be necessary. phone or go to the police frame of mind. know where the • Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your towing service will be taking it. If they ask for Do not discuss your personal condition. Things like name. or the other vehicle. Move your and policy number. you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time. vehicle make. insurance company matters have been taken care of. See Roadside Assistance Program on especially true if there are no injuries and both page 7-6 for more information.

death. it may order a recall if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the and remedy campaign. you are not obligated to accept a repair performed on your vehicle. you. take your vehicle there. it may open aftermarket parts. you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair reasonable limits. or have it towed there. In such cases. your insurance company may initially value the repair using If NHTSA receives similar complaints. However. If you have a pre-determined repair facility of Reporting Safety Defects to the choice. recycled parts will not be covered by your could cause a crash or could cause injury or GM vehicle warranty. • Once you have an estimate. Reporting Safety Defects GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. Remember exists in a group of vehicles. Specify to the facility that any required replacement United States Government collision parts be original equipment parts. as you have no contractual limits with this opportunity. either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. or General Motors. your dealer/retailer. valuation based on that insurance company’s collision ask for an explanation. Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs. even if your become involved in individual problems between insurance coverage does not pay the full cost. Depending on your policy limits. and if it finds that a safety defect professional. 7-13 . read it carefully and If another party’s insurance company is paying for the make sure you understand what work will be repairs. Reputable shops welcome policy repair limits. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which Remember. with the repair. that company. NHTSA cannot vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts. and insist on Genuine GM parts. but you must live in addition to notifying General Motors. Discuss this with your repair an investigation. If you have a question. you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) Insurance pays the bill for the repair.

C. 20590 Call 1-800-222-1020. go to http://www.safercar.safercar. Call them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to: Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa. MI 48232-5170 Reporting Safety Defects to In Canada. and you believe that your vehicle Customer Communication Centre. NHTSA a situation like this. 400 Seventh Street. or write: You can also obtain other information about motor Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center vehicle safety from http://www. Box 33170 Detroit. call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or the Canadian Government 1-800-263-7854 (French). Washington D. CA1-163-005 has a safety defect. Motors or write to: In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in Administrator. in addition to notifying General Motors of Oshawa. you may call the Vehicle Reporting Safety Defects to General Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153).. Ontario K1B 3V9 7-14 . notify Transport Canada 1908 Colonel Sam Drive immediately.To contact NHTSA.gov. please notify General Motors.O. P. or write: General Motors of Canada Limited If you live in Canada. SW.gov. Ontario L1H 8P7 Canada Limited.

com Motors cars and trucks. body.) plus processing fee Without Portfolio: Owner Manual only. funds.) plus processing fee 7-15 .S. transmission. steering. To request Service Manuals an order form. Helm.00 (U.6:00 PM Service Bulletins Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only Service Bulletins’ give additional technical service (VISA-MasterCard-Discover). Box 07130 Owner Information Detroit. Allow ample time for delivery.00 (U. The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models. Owner Manual. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35. visit Helm.S.S. ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-551-4123 brakes. Incorporated P. etc. Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines. electrical. Inc. and checks payable in U. Note to Canadian Customers: All listed prices are quoted in U. funds.S. axle suspension. Monday-Friday 8:00 AM . Canadian residents are to make In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $25. specify year and model name of the vehicle. Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of Or you can write to: your vehicle.O. MI 48207 Owner publications are written specifically for owners Prices are subject to change without notice and without and intended to provide basic operational information incurring obligation. about the vehicle. on the information needed to knowledgeably service General World Wide Web at: www. Warranty Booklet.Service Publications Ordering Current and Past Model Order Forms Information Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles.helminc.

Vehicle Data Recording and Event Data Recorders Privacy This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder (EDR). and temperature settings. For example. Some • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety modules may also store data about how you operate the belts were buckled/fastened vehicle. • How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. such as an airbag deployment computers that record information about the vehicle’s or hitting a road obstacle. name. and crash location) is recorded. seat accelerator and/or brake pedal positions. the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy typically 30 seconds or less. The your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle control engine and transmission performance. However. age. such as law enforcement. 7-16 . Important: EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs. understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. if so equipped. other parties. The main purpose of an EDR is to record. could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e. These modules may also retain the owner’s • How far.. The EDR in this vehicle airbags in a crash and. the driver was pressing the personal preferences. These modules may store data to help your • How various systems in your vehicle were operating dealer/retailer technician service your vehicle. to provide is designed to record such data as: antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle.g. such as radio pre-sets. to monitor dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. if at all. in certain crash or Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated near crash-like situations. such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. data that will assist in performance and how it is driven. gender.

if the instructions. Refer to the navigation system operating GM will not access this data or share it with others manual for information on stored data and for deletion except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or. vehicle is leased. use of the parties. special equipment is Navigation System required. If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services. where a need is shown security. starting. as well as in connection with conveniences and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or such as key fobs for remote door locking/unlocking and vehicle owner. please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use. RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use OnStar® or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information. Data that GM collects or receives may also be used RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions for GM research needs or may be made available to such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system others for research purposes. with the consent of the lessee.To read data recorded by an EDR. such as law enforcement. as part of GM’s defense of litigation through the discovery process. and in-vehicle transmitters for garage door openers. or. as required by Identification (RFID) law. equipment. in response to an official request of police or similar Radio Frequency government office. that have the special system may result in the storage of destinations. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer. 7-17 . and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. can read the information if they have addresses. other If your vehicle has a navigation system. and other trip access to the vehicle or the EDR. telephone numbers. information.

✍ NOTES 7-18 .

..... 1-57 Ashtray .................... 3-32 Accessories and Modifications .. 5-84 Airbag Systems Underbody Maintenance ..... 5-81 Airbag System ... 1-59 Windshield and Wiper Blades ....................... 1-51 Interior Cleaning ... 3-27 Surfaces ..................................................... 5-82 How Does an Airbag Restrain? ................... Scheduling Service .............................. 5-86 Vehicle .................................................................................................................. Fuel .............................................................. Engine ....................................................................................... 1-64 Washing Your Vehicle ....... 5-6 Chemical Paint Spotting ............. 5-85 Passenger Status Indicator .... 1-57 Weatherstrips ...................................... 5-4 Appearance Care Adding Equipment to Your Airbag-Equipped Aluminum Wheels ............ 5-79 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates? .. 1-64 Appointments.... Integrated Windshield .............................................................. and Other Plastic Readiness Light .................................................................. 1-64 Care of Safety Belts .. 5-81 Additives........................................................ A Antilock Brake System (ABS) ... 5-83 Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .................................................................... System Warning Light ................ 1-58 Leather ........................................ 5-80 Air Conditioning ....................... 5-82 Air Cleaner/Filter.................................... 5-88 Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses ........................... 3-63 1 .......... 7-8 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ....................................................... 3-17 Antenna........................... 5-81 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ........................................... 5-82 Airbag Finish Damage ........................ 3-19 Finish Care ................................................................................................................ 5-84 Where Are the Airbags? ........................... 5-85 Add-On Electrical Equipment ......................... 1-56 Sheet Metal Damage .... Vinyl.................... 1-54 Tires ............................... 5-16 Fabric/Carpet ........ 4-4 Antilock Brake...... 5-82 Passenger Sensing System .................... 5-85 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials .................. 3-28 Instrument Panel... 5-84 Vehicle ...................

............................ 5-47 Automatic Transmission Replacement Bulbs ................................................................................ 5-62 Inadvertent Power Saver ............... 5-18 Sidemarker Lamps ...................................................................................... 2-17 Audio Steering Wheel Controls ................. and Stoplamps ... 5-34 Buying New Tires .... Stoplamps and B Back-up Lamps ........... 4-5 Canadian Owners .................. Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps .......... 3-16 Brake Emergencies ................................................................. 3-63 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps ....... 6-25 C Brakes ... 5-4 Braking in Emergencies ................. Turn Signal Lamps ............... 5-46 Taillamps........................................................................ 3-62 Headlamp Aiming ......................................... 5-47 Taillamps........................................................................................ 5-48 Fluid . 5-40 Care of Your CD Player .... 2-22 Taillamps....................... ii 2 .................................................... 3-61 Bulb Replacement .................. 4-3 California Proposition 65 Warning ............................................................................................Audio System .............. 3-41 Break-In...... 3-63 Halogen Bulbs ........................... 3-31 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements .............................................................................................. 5-40 Radio Reception ..... 4-5 System Inspection .................................................................................................................................................. 3-42 Headlamps ... 5-46 5-43 Battery ... 5-6 System Warning Light ............................ 5-44 Operation . 5-42 Integrated Windshield Antenna ................................................................................... 3-63 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) ............. 5-31 California Fuel . 5-45 Care of Your CDs ...................................................................................... 5-5 Braking ................. Turn Signal........... 5-41 Radio with Six-Disc CD .............. Turn Signal............... New Vehicle ........ 5-40 Radio with CD ............... 3-48 License Plate Lamps ................

.......... 3-17 Carbon Monoxide ..................... 5-78 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Control of a Vehicle .................. 2-38 Instrument Panel................... 3-63 Fabric/Carpet .......................................................................................................................................... 2-32................................................ 5-82 Chemical Paint Spotting ....................... 1-27 Clutch......................... 5-84 Safety Belts ........... 5-82 Cargo Cover ...................... 4-25 Cleaning Care of Aluminum Wheels ..................Capacities and Specifications ...................................... Tire .... 5-18 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Collision Damage Repair . 3-63 Finish Care .... 5-85 Engine Light ........ 2-37 Where to Put the Restraint ......... 5-10 Weatherstrips .................................................. 5-82 Your CD Player .... 1-33 Air Filter.................................... 3-58 Surfaces ....................... 1-37 Clock ......................................................... and Other Plastic CD........................... Hydraulic ..................... 5-81 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) ............................................................... 5-79 Chains................................................... 3-18 Older Children ........ 7-10 Position .............................. 5-84 Check Underbody Maintenance . 5-81 Exterior Lamps/Lenses ............. 4-13....... 1-45 Compact Spare Tire ............ 3-23 Infants and Young Children ... 5-94 Cigarette Lighter ........................................................................ Passenger Compartment ..................................................... 5-45 Interior ........................... 5-81 Charging System Light ............................................ 1-48 Convenience Net ................................................ 5-82 Checking Things Under the Hood ............................... 1-36 3 ............... 3-34 Washing Your Vehicle .......... 5-67 Leather ......................................... 4-3 Seat Position ............... Vinyl................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-19 Child Restraint Systems .............................................................................. MP3 .... 5-83 Child Restraints Climate Control System . 3-30 Tires ............................................................. 3-22 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children ...................... 5-80 Your CDs .......................................................................... 3-54.. 5-85 Windshield and Wiper Blades .......... 1-30 Outlet Adjustment ......

.................................. 7-6 At Night ........................................................................ 7-6 Locks ......... 3-13 Surge Tank Pressure Cap ............................................................... 7-13 Driving Roadside Assistance Program ................................ 7-9 Dome Lamp ............................................................ 3-33 D Heater...... 2-21 Daytime Running Lamps ............................................................................ 7-15 Before a Long Trip ...................... 7-5 Central Door Unlocking System ..................................... 5-22 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light ... 2-8 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program .................................................................. 7-4 Ajar Light .... 4-2 Cruise Control ....................................................................................................................................................... 7-2 Door Ajar Reminder ....... MP3 ... 4-11 Defensive ....................................Coolant Engine Temperature Gage .............. 2-8 Government ......... 2-33 Cupholder(s) .............. 3-54........................... 5-24 Defensive Driving ... 2-6 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors ............................................. 3-10 Diesel Cruise Control Light ....................................................... 3-15 Customer Assistance for Text Door Telephone (TTY) Users ..................................... 3-39 Cooling System ......................... 4-2 4 .................................. 4-10 Service Publications Ordering Information ............................................ 7-14 Driver Reporting Safety Defects to the United Seat Tilt Adjuster .. 2-7 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . 2-36 Disc................. 7-14 Power Door Locks ... 5-5 Courtesy Transportation ................ 3-39 Customer Assistance Offices ..... 1-4 States Government .......................... Engine ................................................................................... 3-38 Running Out of Fuel .................. 2-7 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Rear Door Security Locks ............................ 3-58 Customer Assistance Information Doing Your Own Service Work ...........................

....................................................................... 5-89 Engine Air Cleaner .......................................................... 5-12 Hill and Mountain Roads . 5-30 Coolant Temperature Gage .................. 5-78 Check and Service Engine Soon Light ..................................................... 5-19 Power Steering ...................................... 5-88 Flat Tire ............................................................................ 5-96 Highway Hypnosis ............ 5-69 Air Cleaner/Filter ...................................... 5-88 Finish Damage ....... 5-29 Coolant Heater .................. 7-16 Electrical System Add-On Equipment .....Driving (cont..................................... 5-18 Coolant ................................................................................. 5-13 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out ............... 3-8 Windshield Wiper Fuses ......................................... 3-33 Fog Lamp Cooling System Inspection ................................................................... 3-13 EDR ............................................ 4-2 Drive Belt Routing .................................) Engine (cont............ 4-13 Starting .................................................. 2-19 Event Data Recorders ........... 4-10 Oil ......................................................... Safety Belt ........... 5-16 Headlamp Wiring ............ 5-89 Flashers................................................ 4-12 Exhaust ............. 5-68 Engine Flat Tire.................................................... 5-85 Instrument Panel Fuse Block .......... 1-26 E Exterior Lamps ............................................ 4-12 Engine Compartment Overview .......................... 5-88 Flash-to-Pass .......................... 5-16 Flat Tire... 6-24 Fog . 5-22 Winter . Storing ................... 5-88 F Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 2-21 Windshield Washer ....................................................................................... 3-14 5 .. 4-18 Overheating ............................................................................ Hazard Warning ............................. 2-32 In Rain and on Wet Roads .............. 5-91 Filter Fuses and Circuit Breakers ............................................. Changing ........... 3-6 Power Windows and Other Power Options .....................................................) Drunken ....................................................... 3-34 Fluid ............ 7-16 Extender...................................................................................................

...................................................... 5-7 Gasoline Gage ................................................................................ 5-6 Gasoline Octane ............................................................................. 2-36 Low Warning Light ...... 3-40 Octane ....................................... 1-7 Instrument Panel Fuse Block .................... 5-40 Headlamp Wiring ................................................................................................... 5-8 Tachometer ...................Fog Lamp Light ................. 6-24 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block ....................................................... 2-36 G Fuel ........................ 5-6 Specifications ........... 3-40 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program ................................................................. 5-91 H Hazard Warning Flashers .................. 3-33 California Fuel ........... 5-88 Aiming ..................................................................................................... 5-10 Speedometer .............. 5-6 Engine Coolant Temperature .... 3-6 Fuses and Circuit Breakers .................... 3-26 Filling the Tank ............................................... 5-88 6 ............................ 5-89 Headlamp Windshield Wiper ............................................... 5-6 Fuel .......................................... 5-6 Gage Additives ................. 5-6 Gasoline Specifications ....................................................... 3-26 Fuels in Foreign Countries ................. 7-6 Running Out of ................... 5-89 Head Restraints .................. 3-38 Front Armrest Storage Area ..................................................................................................... 5-6 Glove Box ......... 2-33 System Inspection .................... 3-40 Filling a Portable Fuel Container .................................................................................

.................................. 3-13 Immobilizer .................................... 3-63 7 .............. 5-42 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver ........ 2-16 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps ............... 5-40 Infants and Young Children............................................................................................. 3-6 Brightness ..... 3-8 Immobilizer Operation ....................................................................................................................... 3-16 Halogen Bulbs ................. Restraints .... 2-38 Fuel System ........... 1-30 High/Low Beam Changer ................................................. 3-8 Inflation ........................... 5-43 Engine Cooling System .................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-24 Highbeam On Light ............................................................... 5-18 Integrated Windshield Antenna ..................... 1-15 Cluster .................... 5-44 Brake System .................................... 3-13 Ignition Positions ...................... 5-56 On Reminder .... 3-25 Hydraulic Clutch ........................ 4-12 Boot and Seal .Tire Pressure .. 6-25 Turn Signal Lamps ................ 3-33 Throttle System ....................... 6-24 Hold Mode Light ..................................................Periodic Maintenance .............................................................. 5-11 Instrument Panel (I/P) Horn ....................................... 6-24 Highway Hypnosis ................................................... 6-25 Hood Instrument Panel Checking Things Under ....................................................................... 3-19 Exhaust System ... Suspension and Front Drive Axle Hill and Mountain Roads ........ 2-16 Flash-to-Pass ....... 6-24 Hideaway Rear Storage Bins .......................... 5-41 Bulb Replacement ........ 6-24 Heater .................................. 5-10 Overview ............................. 2-18 Exterior Lamps .............................. 3-15 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly ........ 3-4 Release .................................................................................................................................... 3-39 Part C ...................................................... 4-12 Steering................. 5-40 I Daytime Running Lamps ................... 3-13 Inspection Sidemarker Lamps ............................Headlamps .....................................

............................................ 3-8 On Reminder .................................................................................................... 3-28 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver ...................... 2-2 Door Ajar ... 3-30 K Cruise Control ......................... 3-34 Lamps Oil Pressure ... 2-10 Flash-to-Pass .................................................................................................. 3-39 L Hold Mode ... 3-16 Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SSPS) Lap-Shoulder Belt .. 3-31 Charging System ........................................................................... 2-3 Keys ..................... 3-16 Safety Belt Reminders ................................. 5-47 Lights Liftgate Exterior Lamps ...................... 3-39 License Plate Lamps ......................................... 3-13 8 ...................... 3-13 Carbon Monoxide .............................................................................................................. 5-35 Antilock Brake System Warning ..................... Tire Sidewall ............... 3-39 Fog Lamp ........ 3-38 Highbeam On ........ 3-33 Low Fuel Warning ................... 3-38 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator ....................... 3-40 Labeling........... 3-15 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator .............................................................................................................................................. 3-27 Map ........ 3-27 Jump Starting ........ J Light Airbag Readiness ........................... 5-50 Malfunction Indicator ....................... 3-32 Brake System Warning .............................................................. 1-23 Warning Light ........................... 3-39 Keyless Entry System .............................................................. 3-38 Dome .................................. 3-34 Child Restraints ......................................................................................................... 3-8 High/Low Beam Changer ....................................................... 1-37 Trunk Ajar .................................. 3-32 LATCH System Tire Pressure ...............................................

..... 6-14 Part B ...........Loading Your Vehicle ............................................. 6-19 Manual Seats . 3-34 At Each Fuel Fill ................. 5-18 Brake System Inspection ......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-40 Part D .................. 6-5 Manual Controls ...................... Replacement Parts ........ 6-4 Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance ................. 6-4 Maintenance...............Owner Checks and Services ...... 4-18 Maintenance Schedule (cont......................... 6-24 M Throttle System Inspection ............................................................................................) Lockout Protection .......................... 6-21 Manual Transmission At Least Twice a Year ......................... 5-95 Your Vehicle and the Environment ................................................. 6-25 Using .............. 6-20 Fluid ................ 6-25 Operation ................ 6-7 Steering............................ 2-7 How This Section is Organized .. 6-2 Maintenance Schedule Malfunction Indicator Light ............. 6-2 Lockout Protection .... Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection ............................................................. 6-26 Luggage Carrier ........................ 6-19 Manual Lumbar Controls .............................................................. 6-24 9 .................. 1-4 At Least Once a Month ..................Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ......... 6-24 Low Fuel Warning Light ..... 6-28 Lumbar Selecting the Right Schedule ......................... 6-19 Loss of Control ............................................................................................. 1-4 Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance ..... 1-3 At Least Once a Year ............................. 6-3 Door ........................ 6-2 Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-9 Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance ........... 2-6 Introduction ............. 2-9 Exhaust System Inspection ... 2-8 Part A ..... 4-8 Part C ...............Maintenance Record .............................Scheduled Maintenance Services ............. 6-24 Central Door Unlocking System .................................... 2-26 Engine Cooling System Inspection ................... 2-7 Maintenance Requirements ..................... 1-2..... 6-24 Locks Fuel System Inspection ............ 6-14 Power Door ............................................................Periodic Maintenance Inspections ................................ 2-37 Part E ...

........ 3-54................... 3-16 Other Warning Devices ........................................................................... 3-6 Mirrors Outlet Adjustment ....... 7-17 Map Lamps ........................com ..........Scheduled Maintenance Services .......... 7-4 Power Mirrors ............. 2-34 Outlets Outside Convex Mirror ............................................................................................................. Damage ................................................................................................................................ 7-4 Manual Windows ................................................................... Privacy ...... 6-4 Engine ... 7-17 P New Vehicle Break-In ............................................................... 2-31 Oil Part A ...........................................................Periodic Maintenance Inspections . 2-35 MP3 ...........Owner Checks and Services ............................. 3-58 Manual Mirrors ....... iii Online Owner Center .............. 2-35 Outside Power Mirrors ............................ 5-13 Part B .......... 3-22 Manual Rearview Mirror .......................................................... 3-26 Over Things That Burn .........Manual................. 3-26 Parking Odometer.......................... 2-29 Shifting Out of ...... 3-38 Part C ...... 2-17 Paint.......................................................... 2-30 Odometer ........ ii N Navigation System................................................................................ 2-34 Convex Mirror ....... Privacy ...... 6-24 Older Children.............. 5-85 Park Brake ....................................................................... Trip ............................ Using . Restraints ...... 1-27 10 ........................................................................... 2-32 Off-Road Recovery ....................... 2-34 MyGMLink............................................ 3-16 Outside Heated Mirrors .................................... 2-35 Outside Outside Manual Mirrors .................... 4-8 Parking Your Vehicle ............... 2-35 Heated Mirrors ................... 6-19 Pressure Light ... 2-11 OnStar.................... 2-35 Owners.................. 2-35 Accessory Power ............................................................ Canadian ............................................................. 2-28 Park (P) O Shifting Into ........

......... California ..... 3-41 Roadside Care of Your CD Player ................... 7-16 Replacement Bulbs ............................................................................................................. 2-37 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ....................................................................................... Maintenance ..... 5-95 Navigation System ...... 2-7 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System......................... 5-29 Spare Tire ... 1-67 Radios ........................................................................... 6-26 Rear Door Security Locks ........................ 1-5 Perchlorate Materials Requirements...... 2-4 Inadvertent Battery Saver .................................................................... 1-66 Replacing Restraint System Parts After Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)........ 4-23 Power Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ......... 3-63 Assistance Program .................................................................Maintenance Record ...................................... 2-3 Door Locks ...................... 7-17 Canadian Government .......................................................................................... 5-73 Windows .................................. 2-8 Part E ............................. 3-62 11 .............. 2-33 Reception ... 4-18 Radio with CD ................ 4-8 Reclining Seatbacks ....... 7-14 Radio Frequency Identification ................................................................................................................................................. 1-8 Passenger Compartment Air Filter .. 3-10 Passenger Sensing System ........... 5-5 Recreational Vehicle Towing .. 7-16 Replacement Parts....................... 7-14 United States Government ....................... 5-48 Event Data Recorders ................................................Part D ................................................ 3-16 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Steering Fluid ......................................................................................................... 3-48 Running Out of Fuel ................. 7-17 Reporting Safety Defects OnStar .................................... 5-70 Privacy ............................ 2-34 Passing ........................... 3-28 Rear Seat Operation ..... 3-23 Rear Windshield Washer/Wiper ..................................... 7-17 General Motors ................... 5-88 Operation ................Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ............................. 1-59 Rearview Mirrors ............................ 3-42 Routing.... 2-12 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools .................................... 6-28 Rear Seat Armrest .............................................. 3-63 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out ........... 7-17 a Crash ................................................. Privacy .... 7-6 Care of Your CDs ... 7-13 Restraint System Check R Checking the Restraint Systems ......................... Engine Drive Belt ................... Electrical System ... 5-96 Radio with Six-Disc CD ...

............... Turn and Lane-Change ......................... 3-32 Securing a Child Restraint Speedometer ......... 2-37 Requirements .................................................................... 2-19 Right Front Seat Position .................. Audio ................... 5-94 Rear Seat Operation ...................................................... 5-78 Seats Installing ......................................................................................... Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot Service ................................................................................... S Service (cont................................................................................ 4-6 Selecting the Right Schedule........................................................... 7-15 Reminder Light .. 5-78 Manual Lumbar ...................................... 2-30 Safety Belt Extender ............. 5-73 Driver Seat Tilt Adjuster ..... 1-15 Shifting Into Park (P) ................................. 3-26 Rear Seat Position ........ 3-34 Safety Belt Publications Ordering Information ..................... 1-26 Signals.................... 5-70 Head Restraints ...................... 1-10 Spare Tire Safety Warnings and Symbols . 5-5 Glove Box ................... Maintenance ............. 2-36 Doing Your Own Work ...................................... 6-7 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................... 1-5 Warning Light ..... Capacities ...... 2-29 Lap-Shoulder Belt ... iii Compact ....... 2-36 California Pershlorate Materials Convenience Net ............................ 3-6 Vehicle ............. 1-45 Starting the Engine .. 5-4 Steering Wheel Controls................... 5-4 and Seal Inspection ................................... 5-84 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly .................................. 5-5 Cupholder(s) ................. 3-7 Safety Belts Are for Everyone ............................ Scheduling Appointments ...................................................................................................... 5-4 Front Armrest Storage Area .. 7-8 Safety Belts Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...................... 6-24 Accessories and Modifications ..... 1-64 Care of ....................................................................... 1-4 Specifications........................... 1-26 Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance .................................................................................. 1-4 Removing ......... 1-8 Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SSPS) Reclining Seatbacks ............ 6-5 Steering..... 3-27 Service........... Tilt Wheel ... 5-5 Storage Areas ............ 3-61 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Steering Wheel....................................................................................................................................... 1-7 Storing ........................................ 1-48 Steering .......................) Engine Soon Light ................................ 5-81 Sheet Metal Damage ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-23 Shifting Out of Park (P) ....................................................... 2-36 12 ...... 2-36 California Proposition 65 Warning .

......................................Tire Pressure ................................ Ice... 5-46 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools ...... 3-26 Pressure Monitor Operation . 5-78 Theft-Deterrent System .... 5-59 Taillamps Pressure Monitor System ........... 5-57 Stoplamps....... 2-39 Different Size .......... and Back-Up Lamps ......... 4-23 13 . 4-17 Cleaning ........................................................................................ 2-16 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................... 5-60 5-73 Tachometer .............. Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps .............................................................................. and Stoplamps ............................ 5-47 Removing the Flat Tire ...................................................... 5-70 Turn Signal............. 3-18 Recreational Vehicle ............................................................. 5-64 If a Tire Goes Flat . 5-84 Luggage Carrier ....................................... 5-68 Inflation ......... 5-69 Stuck in Sand.........) Tires ....................Storage Areas (cont........ 2-37 Chains ............... 2-16 Uniform Tire Quality Grading .......................... 5-49 Hideaway Rear Storage Bins ................. Mud.............................................................................. 2-14 Tire Sidewall Labeling .............................................. 5-78 Sunroof .......... 6-25 Wheel Replacement ........ 5-56 T Inspection and Rotation . 3-6 Towing Time .................................... or Snow ................... 3-34 Your Vehicle ........................................................................................... 5-62 Rear Seat Armrest ................... 5-46 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools .. 5-50 Theft-Deterrent Systems ....................... 2-13 Compact Spare Tire ........... Cleaning ...... 2-36 Changing a Flat Tire ... 5-53 Immobilizer .............. 2-38 Aluminum Wheels....... 5-67 Sunglasses Storage Compartment ............................ 5-64 Immobilizer Operation ....................... 2-37 Buying New Tires ................... 5-66 Tilt Adjuster......................................................... 5-73 Turn Signal............................................................ 4-25 Pressure Light ................................ 1-4 When It Is Time for New Tires .......................................................... 5-62 Tilt Wheel ............................... 4-23 Tire Towing a Trailer ........................ 2-14 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...................... Installing the Spare Tire ............................................................. 5-66 Throttle System Inspection .............................................................................. 5-84 Sun Visors ....................................................................................... Driver Seat ...................................................

......... 3-6 Trip Odometer ......................... 3-8 Symbols ............................................... 5-88 Parking Your ................. Gages and Indicators ................................................................................... 6-2 14 ................................................ Rear Washer/Wiper ........................................... 4-13 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................. iii Windows ............................................................. 4-18 Wiper Fuses ...................................................................................................................................... 5-18 Warning Lights............................ 3-7 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ..... 2-26 Hazard Warning Flashers ........ 5-18 W Fluid.................... Manual ...... 5-66 Different Size ................ 3-6 Trunk Ajar Light .................................... 5-48 Damage Warnings ............................ Cleaning .. Automatic .................................... 5-30 Control .... 3-24 Transmission Operation.................... 5-87 Ventilation Adjustment .. 2-22 Warnings Transmission Operation... iii Turn and Lane-Change Signals .............................................. 5-64 Using this Manual ........................................................................................... 2-11 Power ............................................................... 7-16 Winter Driving ........................................ 5-83 Loading ............... 3-22 Y Visors ..... 2-31 Wipers .. 3-26 Other Warning Devices ............................ iv Windshield............................................... Automatic .................Transmission Fluid....... 1-36 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ................. iv Wiper Blades..................................................... 2-12 V Windshield Washer ....... 3-39 Safety and Symbols .............................. 2-13 Your Vehicle and the Environment ......... 5-66 Where to Put the Restraint ............................................................................................. 5-64 U Replacement .. 4-3 Wiper Blade Replacement ........................................................................................................................ 3-7 Vehicle Damage ................................................................ 2-11 Manual ................................................................ 5-87 Service Parts Identification Label ....... iv Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ................................................. 3-9 Vehicle Washer Fluid ................................ 3-10 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ................ Manual .....................